Month: June 2007

  • Major General Smedley D. Butler,Interviewing the princes, Today’s Papers,South Africa,Zimbabwe,Craft

    Television: How TV’s rock chick landed a right royal scoop

    Fearne Cotton’s hard work has paid off with a dream gig – interviewing the princes. By Sophie Morris

    Published: 25 June 2007

    Fearne Cotton looks much more glamorous today than the shouty rock chick who fronted the last days of Top of the Pops – two “It” bags, an expensive-looking woollen coat and big, streaky blonde hair. It turns out she has come straight from a publicity shoot with “Uncle Terry” (Wogan), with whom she is presenting Children In Need later this year. The coat is from the high street and the bags bursting with everything a girl might need as she hops from presenting jobs to photo shoots to a coveted spot on Jonathan Ross’s sofa, where she will be spending this evening.

    The interview with Ross will go out this Friday, just hours after Cotton’s audience with Prince William and Prince Harry is broadcast. She made headlines earlier this year when it was announced the princes would discuss their late mother on camera, for the first time, with this 25-year-old music and reality TV presenter. The American ABC network, also offered an interview, treated the occasion with more gravity, and gave the job to an experienced news anchor.

    The BBC will use the interview as a plug for this Sunday’s Concert for Diana at Wembley Stadium and Cotton’s warns viewers not to expect a Martin Bashir-style Panorama interview.

    “I wasn’t there to dig dirt and be the bad guy,” she says. “That’s not what the BBC wanted. If they’d wanted something more journalistic and hard hitting they would have got Huw Edwards.

    “They wanted something which was going to be compelling and compassionate but still fun.” She has just watched the interview for the first time and is pleased with the result. “I think they [the princes] did drop their guard and were very natural. They spoke about their mother for the first time ever publicly; it was a very special thing to hear.”

    Cotton admits to having fascination for the royal family, and says she has always been interested in the work the princess did for charity, even though the TV presenter was only 15 when Diana died. Cotton first contacted Comic Relief six years ago and has since visited Kenya with them, and still exchanges letters with a young woman she met out there. She was a presenter for the Live 8 concert in Hyde Park in 2005 and is a youth ambassador for Macmillan Cancer.

    Less worthy was the ITV celebrity reality show Love Island, which Cotton presented last summer with Patrick Kielty. The show’s poor ratings coincided with the then chief executive of ITV Charles Allen stepping down.

    For Cotton, who began her presenting career on The Disney Club aged 16, the criticism was water off a duck’s back.

    “I can safely say that doing Love Island was the best three months of my life. Living in Fiji, it felt like I had no responsibilities. All I had to do was get up, go to work and lie on the beach.

    “It doesn’t bother me [that the ratings were bad]. There’s always going to be another project that I can get my teeth into. Hopefully, if I keep working hard, there will be new stuff to replace the ones that don’t come back.”

    In fact, while ITV has axed Love Island, it has designed a new dating show especially for Cotton and her best friend, presenter Holly Willoughby. The pair are styling themselves as the Trinny and Susannah of the dating world and hope to fix the love lives of six singletons in the show, which airs in September.

    She also presents a weekend show on Radio 1 and recently began filming The Xtra Factor, after losing out in the battle to present the main X-Factor show to Dermot O’Leary.

    “Dermot is perfect for the job,” she insists. “Having a boy made sense if they wanted to change the show. I suppose they wanted to flip it on its head and I don’t think I was right for that as I am a blonde girl presenter and they stick you in the same category.”

    To get to where she is now, Cotton missed out on the student lie-ins – “a teeny-weeny sacrifice” – and balanced presenting jobs with one A-Level, in art, at college in north-west London, where she grew up with her “very chilled out” sign-writer father, a mother who “loves alternative therapy and reiki but is by no means a hippie, in fact she’s uber-glam”, and younger brother Jamie, “who doesn’t give a crap what I do.”

    She talks at speed and her huge green eyes dart in every direction, betraying the restless, fidgety nature she admits to several times. Very little makes Cotton pause for thought, but she struggles to put her finger on where her fierce ambition comes from. She says her parents were never pushy but always supportive, and that once she realised she was good at dancing as a young girl, she wanted to become better at it. When her relationship with Peter Brame, a Fame Academy contestant who Cotton dated for two years, came under scrutiny because of his drug issues, she called time on the relationship very quickly. Brame responded with a spread in a Sunday newspaper chronicling their sex life.

    “It was upsetting, but you have challenges to face and then you just get on with it. I don’t think anyone was giving me much pressure [to split up with him]. I put it on myself because my job’s more important than anything. I knew my job was more important the second I started off in that relationship.”

    Today, batting off rumours Prince William asked her on a date, Cotton is happy with her model/chef boyfriend of ten months and says she would rather stay in with him and her cats tonight than choose a dress from a selection lent by top designers and flirt with Jonathan Ross. Either that or head to Glastonbury Festival – she has never been before; ever since she has been old enough to attend she has found herself working that weekend

     

    Sunday, June 24, 2007

    Where the Crafts Babes and D.I.Y. Dudes Are

    Kate Lacey for The New York Times

    SAMPLING Sue Eggen of the Giant Dwarf, which makes clothes out of found and recycled materials. More Photos >

    Kate Lacey for The New York Times

    JUST BROWSING Laura Cortese at the Renegade Craft Fair last weekend in Brooklyn. More Photos »

    June 24, 2007

    Where the Crafts Babes and D.I.Y. Dudes Are

    FOR the past few years, facial hair has been all the rage in young bohemia. “I think mustaches in general are totally hilarious,” said Brendan Farley, 30. “Unfortunately, I look too hilarious in them.”

    So last Saturday, Mr. Farley, a scenery carpenter from Astoria, Queens, did the next best thing: he spent $30 on a wooden mustache on a stick at a crafts fair in Brooklyn.

    “This is a nice transitional piece,” Mr. Farley said, as he held the hand-carved curlicue up to his face and grinned. If he could have twirled his handlebar, he would have.

    Among the many mysteries of the hipster life — Do they actually enjoy the taste of Pabst Blue Ribbon? How many graphic designers can the world need? — one of the most persistent is the much-copied (and parodied) aesthetic.

    From ironic T-shirts and thrift-store dresses to ’80s jewelry and skinny ties, it can sometimes seem as if every young person who eschews investment banking and law school for creative pursuits looks eerily similar. Where do these trends come from? Who decided, for example, that a small star would be the must-have tattoo, or that the sparrow would become an icon?

    Last weekend, an answer could be found in Brooklyn, in (of course) Williamsburg. The Renegade Craft Fair, the kind of alternative sale where cross-stitch is cool, was in town.

    Last weekend, more than 200 vendors set up booths in McCarren Park Pool, peddling their handmade wares to people for whom do-it-yourself is the only label that matters. Begun in Chicago in 2003, the Renegade Craft Fair has swelled, attracting hundreds of far-flung vendors, thousands of shoppers and a few design tastemakers, who come as much for the scene as the marketplace. It may be the alt-design equivalent of the Venice Biennale.

    “Renegade has the reputation of being the show to do — if you can get into it,” said Faythe Levine, a boutique owner in Milwaukee who is making “Handmade Nation,” a documentary about the makers of indie crafts. “It’s a destination.”

    Originally the founders, Sue Blatt, 29, and Kathleen Habbley, 28, both of Chicago, just wanted a place to sell their handmade jewelry and purses. But when they began investigating the city’s crafts and art fairs, “we couldn’t find anything that fit our aesthetic,” Ms. Blatt said. “We did know there were Web sites out there doing the same types of D.I.Y. crafts that we were.”

    So they set up an event in hip-magnet Wicker Park in September 2003, expecting a few dozen local hobbyists. Instead, they were inundated with interest from around the country.

    Now there are two Renegade Fairs in Chicago annually. The event in Brooklyn began in 2005, and has been growing ever since. This year Ms. Blatt and Ms. Habbley received online applications from more than 400 vendors — up from 300 last year —and whittled it down by about half; sellers came from as far away as Los Angeles and Canada. Though they don’t keep hard attendance figures, the organizers estimate that 20,000 people stopped by last weekend to buy silk-screened T-shirts, enamel jewelry, patchwork handbags, funky baby clothes, dog pillows and small artworks.

    Most items are less than $100; a D.J., frozen mojitos and the fair’s status as cute-girl central (“crafts babes,” one man panted) add to the appeal.

    Gabi Valladares O. of Caracas, Venezuela, an art director for a television network, extended a business trip to New York so she could come to the fair.

    “It’s great to see people doing something with their own hands,” she said, clutching an enormous so-ugly-it’s-lovable plush doll. She added that she was mining the prominent design themes — nature, psychedelia, adorability — for visual inspiration.

    As the fair has grown, so has the community that sustains it. Etsy, the online marketplace for handmade goods — a crafty cross between Amazon and eBay — began in 2005.

    Robert Kalin, 27, the founder, promoted it with fliers at the initial 2005 Renegade fair in Brooklyn. In May 2006, Etsy recorded sales of $170,000; in May 2007 its members sold $1.7 million. Etsy charges a listing fee of 20 cents and takes 3.5 percent of each sale. Now the site has more than 325,000 registered users, 50,000 of them sellers.

    Last year Etsy turned its offices in Dumbo into a laboratory and storefront, open to the public for classes and events; Mr. Kalin hopes to replicate it nationwide. Ms. Blatt and Ms. Habbley, meanwhile, were just happy to quit their day jobs, waitress and animal shelter employee, respectively. Next month they will open their own boutique in Wicker Park, Renegade Handmade, selling some of their favorite goods from the fair.

    But as the crafty aesthetic has become more popular and profitable, its devotees are confronted with problems of scale.

    Ms. Levine, the documentary maker, started as a self-employed maker of plush toys. Her biggest seller was Messenger Owl (it has a pocket for notes). “I hate making them now,” she said. “I got overwhelmed with orders and couldn’t keep up with production.”

    She said she knew of other designers who experienced the same thing after they found success, asking questions like: Is it O.K. to outsource? How do you hand-cut a thousand of something without getting carpal tunnel? She brought in friends; some designers enlist their mothers. Mr. Kalin hopes the communal model of the Etsy lab will be another solution.

    Christine Haynes, 36, a clothing designer from Los Angeles, who has sold at the fairs since 2003, appreciates the attention. “The first year it was deliberately punk rock,” she said. “Now the D.I.Y. movement has made a real presence in the market. We’re a force to be reckoned with.”

    Jen Anisef, 30, a fair veteran and crafts entrepreneur visiting from Toronto, agreed. “Everyone’s got professionally made business cards,” she said. “The marketing is a lot slicker.”

    But, she added, the focus on selling may have minimized the creativity. “That’s been our complaint today,” she said. “A lot of the stuff is the same: antique chain necklaces, buttons, reconstructed stuff. Birds have got to go. Forest animals have had their day.”

    Ms. Anisef’s husband, Mike Kennedy, 32, a woodworker, voiced another complaint: “There’s nothing for me to buy here,” he said. “I’d have a better chance if I were a baby. Or a dog.”

    So while the sparrow and the owl — last year’s favored animal and the symbol of the fair — are out, the octopus, a burgeoning contender for creature of the moment, has been joined by other sea dwellers, like the squid. Judging by their prominence, hand-painted Vans are going to be big. And there are innovations, like Alyssa Ettinger’s ceramics made from sweater molds (the fabric’s weave is visible as a pattern), and Mr. Poncho, an iPod holder with an attached spindle to store earphones.

    Roman Pietrs, 34, of Brooklyn, a graphic designer and musician, and his girlfriend, Sandy Hyun, 30, a jewelry designer, spent a month making 400 Mr. Ponchos. By the end of the fair, they had sold half of them, at $12 a piece.

    Not everything is a hit: Mr. Pietrs’s Kevin Federline doll languished. And even the designers themselves tire of the relentless scenesterism.

    “If I see any more cowboy boots,” said LeBrie Rich, 21, of Portland, Ore., who makes felt accessories, “I’m going to barf.”

    But the mustaches on a stick? Sold out.


     

    Influx From Zimbabwe to South Africa

    Benedicte Kurzen/EVE

    At the Central Methodist Church in Johannesburg, hundreds of Zimbabwean refugees gather each evening for prayer. South Africa’s services have been severely strained.

    June 23, 2007

    Influx From Zimbabwe to South Africa Tests Both

    JOHANNESBURG, June 22 — As Zimbabwe‘s disintegration gathers potentially unstoppable momentum, a swelling tide of migrants is moving into neighboring South Africa, driven into exile by oppression, unemployment and inflation so relentless that many goods now double in price weekly.

    South Africa is deporting an average of 3,900 illegal Zimbabwean migrants every week, the International Organization for Migration says. That is up more than 40 percent from the second half of 2006, and six times the number South African officials said they were expelling in late 2003.

    And that reflects only those who are captured. Many more Zimbabweans slip into the country undetected, although estimates vary wildly. In a nation of 46 million, most experts say, undocumented Zimbabweans could number several hundred thousand to two million.

    Social tensions are ratcheting up in both nations, as Zimbabwe’s adult population dwindles and South Africans, already burdened by high unemployment, face new competition for jobs and housing. The migrants also pose a diplomatic problem, because South Africa is trying to broker an end to Zimbabwe’s long political crisis without criticizing its government or appearing to have a major stake in the outcome.

    The situation is inflicting ever more misery on the Zimbabweans. The vast majority flee their country’s penury to find a way to support their families back home. But in South Africa they often find xenophobia, exploitation and a government unwilling and ill-equipped to help them.

    “There’s a lot of competition” with South Africans “for other resources like housing in informal settlements, access to limited primary health care and education,” said Chris Maroleng, an expert on Zimbabwe at the Institute for Security Studies, a research organization in Pretoria.

    South Africa’s government already struggles to provide free housing, medical care and employment for its own poorest, including the millions living in shantytowns. Here, where joblessness runs from 25 to 40 percent of adult workers, the Zimbabweans — now the nation’s largest migrant group — are increasingly seen as intruders, not victims, and clashes between the groups are not uncommon.

    Unquestionably, the Zimbabweans are victims first. A rising number claim to be refugees from persecution by President Robert G. Mugabe‘s police and by supporters of his ruling party, the Zimbabwe African National Union-Patriotic Front. Just six Zimbabweans sought political asylum in South Africa in 2001; last year, the total was nearly 19,000, more than a third of all asylum applications in South Africa.

    But most are fleeing privation, not persecution. Zimbabwe’s annual inflation rate was officially 4,530 percent in May; economists say it is at least twice that. Industries are operating at barely 30 percent of capacity, unemployment exceeds 80 percent and a disastrous harvest is likely to leave up to four million in need of food aid this year.

    A memorandum prepared by 34 international aid agencies, including the United Nations and the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies, predicted this month that the country’s economy would cease to function by the end of this year.

    Remittances keep the economy afloat: half of all households get most of their money from distant friends and relatives, a Global Poverty Research survey concluded last June. More than one in five of those who sent money lived in South Africa, the most of any nation except Britain.

    Magugu Nyathi arrived in Johannesburg two and a half years ago and found work as a journalist for a Zimbabwe news organization. Her aunt, an office worker in Bulawayo, earns 400,000 Zimbabwe dollars a month — about $9, until the Zimbabwe dollar plummeted this week.

    Now the aunt’s monthly salary is worth about $2. She survives in part on a stipend from Ms. Nyathi.

    “There are families who don’t have a kid outside the country,” said Ms. Nyathi, who lives in Cape Town. “How are they surviving? Just think of it.”

    Ms. Nyathi is lucky as migrants go: she has a skill and has obtained a temporary permit that allows her to remain legally in South Africa while her application for asylum is processed. Because Zimbabwe was long one of the best-educated nations in Africa, a share of migrants — particularly teachers, who have often been targets of harassment by Mr. Mugabe’s supporters — stand a good chance of finding work in South Africa, legally or not.

    Johannesburg’s government said this week that 8 in 10 people who had visited a new office for migrant assistance were Zimbabwean, and that the visitors included mathematicians, geologists, engineers and experts in computers and aviation.

    But skills are no guarantee of employment. At the Central Methodist Church in downtown Johannesburg, hundreds of Zimbabwean refugees gather every evening, waiting for the doors to open so they can spend the night. They occupy several floors of the building, from the foyer to stairwells and meeting rooms.

    “Some of the people we have in this building are amazing,” said the Rev. Paul Verryn, the Methodist bishop of Johannesburg. “We have a doctor, two accountants, teachers, a health inspector — all sleeping on the floor.”

    Even qualified migrants find it hard to get jobs without work permits or temporary permits that allow migrants to stay while they apply for asylum.

    The permits are issued only in a handful of offices, and only at limited times. The Home Affairs Ministry, which regulates immigration, is frequently accused by Zimbabweans and advocacy groups of deliberately withholding permits, perhaps to force them to return home. More likely, it is simply overwhelmed: in Pretoria, for example, refugees often sleep on the streets outside the office to be the first of hundreds and even thousands who line up to apply for asylum.

    Those who apply for asylum wait years for a decision, as officials tackle a vast backlog. Last year, as nearly 19,000 Zimbabwean applications for asylum flooded in, Home Affairs processed fewer than 2,000 requests from past years and granted asylum to a mere 103 people.

    The growing crush of applicants presents the government with a delicate problem. During his seven years in office, President Thabo Mbeki has studiously avoided criticizing Mr. Mugabe’s authoritarian rule, and is trying to present himself as an impartial broker in negotiations between Mr. Mugabe and opposition politicians to lay the groundwork for a presidential election next year.

    When a leading opposition politician, Roy Bennett, fled Zimbabwe last year under threat of arrest, his application for political asylum was denied because the South African government decided that his claims of persecution were not founded. Mr. Bennett’s farm had been seized by the government, he had been imprisoned for a year for shoving a member of Parliament and he had been accused by the Zimbabwe police of plotting to murder Mr. Mugabe.

    Mr. Bennett eventually won asylum, but only after going to court.

    “The problem in giving someone asylum is that you have to make a statement about the country that individual is fleeing,” said Mr. Maroleng, at the Pretoria institute. “Politically, it raises questions, and it undermines the government’s policy on Zimbabwe, which is not to engage the government of Zimbabwe” on questions of repression and misrule.

    So migrants wait for a chance at legal residence that may never arrive. On Thursday, a schoolteacher and union official from Harare used his Zimbabwe civil-service passport to walk across the border in Beitbridge and make his way to Johannesburg.

    The teacher, who insisted on anonymity, said he had left his wife and two children behind because he was living in fear. He had been arrested and beaten after joining a union march in September, he said. “As we go forward toward elections in 2008,” he said, “we are again targets of violence. Every morning, my life was very much in danger.”

    But he might have stayed, he said, had his monthly salary not been the equivalent of $15.

    Another teacher, a friend, had fled Zimbabwe last year after government spies mistook a wake in her parlor for a meeting of opposition members, and set fire to her house, she said.

    “You don’t feel the pain on somebody when it’s not happening to you,” she said in a Johannesburg clinic for migrants seeking legal advice. “I never expected such a life. But I think there’s a reason why God wants this.”

    But for the moment, she said: “I just want a job. I can do dishes. I don’t mind that I was a teacher.”


     

    Bear Stearns to Rescue Fund

    June 23, 2007

    $3.2 Billion Move by Bear Stearns to Rescue Fund

    Bear Stearns Companies, the investment bank, pledged up to $3.2 billion in loans yesterday to bail out one of its hedge funds that was collapsing because of bad bets on subprime mortgages.

    It is the biggest rescue of a hedge fund since 1998 when more than a dozen lenders provided $3.6 billion to save Long-Term Capital Management.

    The crisis this week from the near collapse of two hedge funds managed by Bear Stearns stems directly from the slumping housing market and the fallout from loose lending practices that showered money on people with weak, or subprime, credit, leaving many of them struggling to stay in their homes.

    Bear Stearns averted a meltdown this time, but if delinquencies and defaults on subprime loans surge, Wall Street firms, hedge funds and pension funds could be left holding billions of dollars in bonds and securities backed by loans that are quickly losing their value.

    Bear Stearns acted yesterday after the hedge fund and a related fund had suffered millions in losses and after shocked investors had begun asking for their money back. The firm agreed to buy out several Wall Street banks that had lent the fund money, which managers hoped would avoid a broader sell-off without causing a meltdown in the once-booming market for mortgage securities.

    The firm is, meanwhile, negotiating with banks to rescue the second, larger fund started last August, which has more than $6 billion in loans and reportedly holds far riskier investments. Those negotiations were continuing yesterday, and it was unclear whether they would be successful.

    “We don’t think it is over,” said Girish V. Reddy, managing director of Prisma Capital Partners, which invests in other hedge funds. “More funds will feel the pain, but not many are as leveraged as the Bear fund.”

    Nervousness about the souring subprime loans and rising oil prices sent the stock market plummeting. Already down almost 60 points, the Dow Jones industrial average fell sharply after the announcement of the bailout and closed down 185.58 points.

    Shares of Bear Stearns closed down $2.06, to $143.75; the stock was down more than 4 percent for the week.

    For Bear Stearns, the drama surrounding its two troubled hedge funds has given it and its prestigious mortgage business a black eye. The bailout was a major departure for the firm, which has long resisted putting too much of its own capital at risk.

    But in this case, the stakes were too high. If lenders had seized the assets of the funds and tried to sell billions of dollars in mortgage-related securities at fire-sale prices, it could have exposed Bear Stearns and the market to substantial losses.

    While the board of Bear Stearns never met over the funds, all of its top executives, including the chief executive, James E. Cayne; its presidents, Alan D. Schwartz and Warren J. Spector; and the chief financial officer, Samuel L. Molinaro Jr., huddled in meetings over the last few days looking to find a way to contain the crisis, according to people briefed on the discussions who could not speak for attribution.

    Even Alan C. Greenberg, the 79-year-old former chairman, who spends less time these days on the firm’s matters but remains an active board member, became involved.

    Yet, as Bear Stearns worked to manage the crisis, many on Wall Street speculated about how the firm could let the funds get in such a precarious position.

    In fact, executives at Bear Stearns Asset Management had debated last summer whether to start the second hedge fund.

    The first fund, the Bear Stearns High-Grade Structured Credit Fund — the one bailed out yesterday — was started in 2004 and had done well, posting 41 months of positive returns of about 1 percent to 1.5 percent a month. But investors were clamoring for even higher yields, which would require more aggressive bets on riskier mortgage-related securities and significantly higher levels of borrowed money, or leverage, to bolster returns.

    The firm clearly had the expertise — it was a leader in underwriting and trading bonds and esoteric securities backed by mortgages. In addition, Ralph R. Cioffi, who ran the funds, had played a major role in building the Bear Stearns mortgage business.

    So, in August, the Bear Stearns High-Grade Structured Credit Enhanced Leveraged Fund — the second fund that eventually had huge losses — was started with $600 million in investments, mostly from wealthy individual clients of Bear Stearns, and at least $6 billion in money borrowed from banks and brokerage firms. Bear Stearns and a handful of its top executives invested a mere $40 million in both funds.

    The timing could not have been worse.

    By the end of last year, housing prices in many areas were cresting and beginning to fall. The decline began to expose lax lending standards in the subprime market. Soon borrowers started falling behind on payments just months after they closed on their loans, forcing several large lenders into bankruptcy protection.

    The Bear Stearns funds, like so many others, had invested in collateralized debt obligations, or CDOs, which invest in bonds backed by hundreds of loans and other financial instruments. Wall Street sells CDOs in slices to investors. Some of those pieces have low yields but they are easily traded and carry less risk; others are more susceptible to defaults and trade infrequently, which makes them difficult to value.

    Last year, $316.4 billion in mortgage-related CDOs were issued, about 77 percent more than the year before, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association said.

    At first, the Bear Stearns hedge funds appeared to weather the storm. But in March, the older fund registered its first loss. One investor, who asked not to be identified because he was trying to recover his investment, said that when he moved to get his money out, he was told investors had tried to redeem 10 percent of the fund.

    By April, the older fund was down by 5 percent for the year, and the newer fund had fallen 10 percent.

    Managers tried to protect the fund by hedging potential losses in lower-rated securities they held, but did not do so for higher-rated bonds, which also fell in value.

    “They didn’t realize this was Katrina,” the investor said. “They thought it was just another storm.”

    In May, however, more significant problems began to emerge. The Swiss investment bank UBS shut its hedge fund arm, Dillon Read Capital Management, after bad subprime bets led to a $124 million loss.

    Also that month, Bear Stearns Asset Management filed plans to start a public offering of a financial services firm called Everquest Financial, which, to some, appeared to be little more than a place to park the riskiest securities Bear Stearns had invested in. (The firm has no plans for now to move forward with the offering, according to a person briefed on the firm’s plans.)

    Perhaps the most startling development was a sharp restatement in April of the second fund. The firm revalued some securities and told investors that the fund was down 23 percent, not 10 percent as it had said earlier.

    Shocked investors began contacting Bear Stearns, demanding to pull their money out. In May, the firm froze all redemption requests. This month, at least three Wall Street firms — JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and Merrill Lynch — began demanding more cash as collateral for the loans they had made.

    Fighting to save the funds, Bear Stearns sold $3.6 billion in high-grade securities. Meanwhile, its adviser, Blackstone, scrambled to line up a deal in which Bear Stearns would put up $1.5 billion in new loans and a consortium of banks led by Citigroup and Barclays would put in $500 million.

    In return, the lenders would have their exposure to the funds reduced but could not make further margin calls for 12 months.

    Some lenders, including Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank, balked and moved to sell assets. At one point Wednesday, nearly $2 billion in securities were listed for sale, although some banks, including JPMorgan, eventually canceled scheduled auctions.

    By the end of the day, out of the $850 million in securities that Merrill had put up for sale, only a small portion actually sold.

    In the wake of the weak auctions, several other lenders, including JPMorgan, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs and Bank of America, reached deals with Bear Stearns. At least some of the deals involved the lenders selling the securities back to Bear Stearns for cash, although the prices were not disclosed.

    Bear Stearns is bailing one of the funds out because it is worried about the damage to its reputation if it stuck investors and lenders with big losses, said Dick Bove, an analyst with Punk Ziegel & Company.

    “If they walked away from it, investors would have lost all their money and lenders would have lost all of the money,” Mr. Bove said. But “if they did that to everyone in the financial community, the financial community would have shut them down.”

    Gretchen Morgenson and Landon Thomas contributed reporting.


     

    Driving with rented risks

    DANGER IN TOW

    U-Haul International is the nation’s largest provider of rental trailers. A Times investigation finds the company’s practices raise the risk of accidents on the road.
    By Alan C. Miller and Myron Levin
    Times Staff Writers

    June 24, 2007

    Tucson — Marissa Sternberg sits in her wheelchair, barely able to move or speak. Caregivers are always at her side. Progress is measured in tiny steps: an unclenched fist, a look of recognition, a smile for her father.

    Nearly four years ago, Sternberg was a high-spirited 19-year-old bound for veterinary school in Denver. She rented a U-Haul trailer to move her belongings, hitched it to her Toyota Land Cruiser and hit the road with her two dogs and a friend.

    That evening, as the Land Cruiser descended a hill in the Chihuahuan Desert of New Mexico, the trailer began to swing from side to side, pushing the SUV as if trying to muscle it off the road.

    “I knew something bad was going to happen,” recalled Corina Maya Hollander, who was taking a turn behind the wheel. “We both knew.”

    The Land Cruiser flipped and bounced along Interstate 25. The trailer broke free and careened off the road. Hollander crawled from the wreckage, her head throbbing.

    Sternberg, who had been thrown from the SUV, lay sprawled on the highway, unable to move.

    “Where are my dogs?” she screamed. “Somebody go find my dogs!”

    Sternberg fell victim to a peril long familiar to U-Haul International: “trailer sway,” a leading cause of severe towing accidents.

    Traveling downhill or shaken by a sharp turn or a gust of wind, a trailer can begin swinging so violently that only the most experienced — or fortunate — drivers can regain control and avoid catastrophe.

    U-Haul, the nation’s largest provider of rental trailers, says it is “highly conservative” about safety. But a yearlong Times investigation, which included more than 200 interviews and a review of thousands of pages of court records, police reports, consumer complaints and other documents, found that company practices have heightened the risk of towing accidents.

    The safest way to tow is with a vehicle that weighs much more than the trailer. A leading trailer expert and U-Haul consultant has likened this principle to “motherhood and apple pie.”

    Yet U-Haul allows customers to pull trailers as heavy as or heavier than their own vehicles.

    It often allows trailers to stay on the road for months without a thorough safety inspection, in violation of its own policies.

    Bad brakes have been a recurring problem with its large trailers. The one Sternberg rented lacked working brakes.

    Its small and midsize trailers have no brakes at all, a policy that conflicts with the laws of at least 14 states.

    It relaxed a key safety rule as it pushed to increase rentals of one type of trailer, used to haul vehicles, and then failed to enforce even the weakened standard. Customers were killed or maimed in ensuing crashes that might have been avoided.

    The company’s approach to mitigating the risks of towing relies heavily on customers, many of them novices, some as young as 18. They are expected to grasp and carry out detailed instructions for loading and towing trailers, and to respond coolly in a crisis.

    But many renters never see those instructions — distribution of U-Haul’s user guide is spotty.

    To those who receive and read it, the guide offers this advice for coping with a swinging trailer: Stay off the car’s brakes and hold the wheel straight. Many drivers will reflexively do the opposite, which can make the swaying worse.

    Yet when accidents occur, U-Haul almost always blames the customer.

    Proper loading of the trailer is crucial in preventing sway. U-Haul tells customers to put 60% of the weight in the front half and suggests a three-step process to check that the load is balanced correctly.

    But the company has declined to offer an inexpensive, portable scale that would help renters get it right.

    U-Haul vigorously defends its safety record. Executives say that the company diligently maintains its fleet of more than 200,000 trucks and trailers, and that decades of testing, experience and engineering advances have steadily reduced its accident rates.

    “Our equipment is suited for your son and daughter,” said Edward J. “Joe” Shoen, chairman of U-Haul and its parent company, Amerco. “On a scale of 1 to 10, I’d say U-Haul is rated 10 in safety.”

    It is unknown how many U-Haul customers have crashed because of trailer sway. No government agency keeps track of such accidents, and U-Haul declined to provide a comprehensive count or year-by-year figures.

    But statistical snapshots the company has produced in civil litigation hint at the scope of the problem and show that it has persisted for decades.

    In a lawsuit stemming from the Sternberg crash, U-Haul listed 173 reported sway-related accidents from 1993 to 2003 involving a single trailer model.

    In a case from the 1970s, the company disclosed 1,173 such crashes involving all trailer types during a 3 1/2-year period.

    In other cases, it has listed up to 650 reported sway-related wrecks from about 1990 to 2002 involving two-wheeled trailers called tow dollies.

    Still, U-Haul says statistics indicate that drivers towing its trailers are less likely to crash than are other motorists. This is so, U-Haul says, because people drive more cautiously when moving their families and belongings.

    The claim has not been independently verified and is viewed skeptically by some outside experts.

    Shoen said sway-related accidents almost always result from customer mistakes, primarily failing to load the trailer properly and exceeding U-Haul’s recommended top speed of 45 mph. The company said both errors contributed to the Sternberg crash.

    “U-Haul customers drive the equivalent of to the moon and back over 10 times a day,” Shoen said in a recent conference call with investors, “and, regrettably, accidents occur.”

    TRAILER SWAY

    U-Haul International Inc., founded in 1945, is the leader of the do-it-yourself moving industry. It sends millions of Americans out on the road annually in its signature orange-and-white trucks and trailers.

    The Phoenix-based company, built on low cost and convenience, has about 1,450 company-owned centers and 14,500 independent dealers. It took in about $1.5 billion from equipment rentals last year.

    Many U-Haul customers are college students, weekend movers and others who have never hauled a trailer before.

    It is not unusual for a trailer to swing slightly. This normally poses little or no threat, but can be a sign of trouble.

    Accidents often happen when a driver gains speed going downhill. The trailer whips from side to side more and more powerfully and finally takes control of the tow vehicle — a situation known as “the tail wagging the dog.”

    Peter Keith, a Canadian safety expert, described the danger in a 1984 report for transportation officials in British Columbia.

    “When the trailer suddenly starts [to] swing violently, the driver can often be caught unawares and is further faced with a very dangerous situation which requires considerable skill and presence of mind to resolve,” Keith wrote. “Probably only a small minority of drivers are in practice capable of bringing the vehicle combination back under control.”

    The weight of the tow vehicle relative to the trailer is a crucial factor. The heavier the tow vehicle, the easier it is to control the combination.

    Richard H. Klein, an authority on trailer dynamics who has served as an expert witness for U-Haul, underscored the point during one court appearance. He was asked if he’d rather be driving “a larger tow vehicle than a smaller one” if a trailer began to swing.

    “Yes,” he replied. “That’s like motherhood and apple pie.”

    In keeping with this tenet, other major companies do not allow customers to pull rental equipment with passenger vehicles. Penske Truck Leasing and Budget Truck Rental compete with U-Haul in renting two types of tow equipment: tow dollies and auto transports.

    But Penske and Budget provide equipment only to customers who rent large trucks to pull the load. They say safety is the reason.

    Penske’s trucks are “engineered to pull these types of loads,” said spokesman Randolph P. Ryerson. The company has “no way to make sure other vehicles would have the same adequate towing capabilities,” he said.

    U-Haul allows customers to tow its trailers, tow dollies and other equipment with passenger vehicles as well as with the company’s large trucks. Most renters use SUVs or pickups, which have a high center of gravity and are prone to rollovers.

    Moreover, customers are permitted to pull trailers that weigh as much as or more than their own vehicles.

    Under U-Haul rules, the company’s largest trailers, which are equipped with brakes, can outweigh the customer’s vehicle by up to 25% when fully loaded. Smaller units, which do not have brakes, can weigh as much as the tow vehicle.

    U-Haul says extensive research at an Arizona test track and other sites has shown that its weight rules are safe, provided customers use its equipment as instructed.

    But the rules conflict with the safety recommendations of some auto manufacturers.

    Ford Motor Co., for example, advises owners of the 2007 Crown Victoria, which weighs about 4,100 pounds, to tow no more than 1,500 pounds. Owners of the lighter Mustang are advised not to pull a trailer weighing more than 1,000 pounds.

    U-Haul will allow a Crown Victoria to tow a trailer weighing up to 4,400 pounds and a Mustang to pull up to 2,500 pounds.

    (U-Haul has banned towing with Ford Explorers since late 2003. Shoen said the SUV was not unsafe but had become “a magnet for attorneys.”)

    Honda Motor Co. says its vehicles should not pull trailers that weigh more than 1,000 pounds unless the trailers have brakes. General Motors offers the same advice for many of its models. Nissan Motor Co. tells owners of its Pathfinder SUV that trailer brakes “MUST be used” with a trailer weighing 1,000 pounds or more.

    Yet U-Haul permits customers driving Pathfinders as well as Honda and GM vehicles to tow un-braked trailers that weigh more than that.

    Some vehicle makers also recommend using sway-control devices with trailers above certain weights. These devices come in various forms and include bars or brackets that limit side-to-side movement of the trailer.

    U-Haul says such equipment is not needed when “towing a properly loaded U-Haul trailer.”

    Automakers say their guidelines are meant to promote safety and prevent undue wear on engines, brakes and other components.

    “We would consider it unsafe to tow outside of those recommendations because that is what we tested the vehicle to be capable of towing,” said Honda spokesman Chris Martin. “We’d rather be safe than have someone get into an accident.”

    In response, U-Haul said: “Our recommendations are based upon 61 years of experience, knowledge of our rental trailers and exhaustive testing spanning decades.”

    TOWING HAZARDS

    Cargo trailers are not the only U-Haul equipment that is vulnerable to sway. It can also happen with the company’s tow dollies.

    Every year, hundreds of thousands of Americans use these two-wheeled trailers to haul vehicles across town or across the country.

    U-Haul imposed tough conditions when it began renting the devices in 1982. It required that the tow vehicle weigh at least twice as much as the one to be towed. This would “ensure adequate braking and control,” a company manual said.

    But the rule crimped sales. Towing a typical-size car required a giant pickup or similar vehicle. John C. Abromavage, U-Haul’s engineering director, testified in one lawsuit that the 2-to-1 standard “doesn’t make sense other than to restrict your own market.”

    In 1986, U-Haul relaxed the rule, requiring that the tow vehicle be only 750 pounds heavier than the one behind it. Over the next few years, the company increased the maximum weight of vehicles that could be hauled on dollies, and lifted a ban on towing with small jeeps and SUVs.

    The new policy boosted dolly rentals. But it conflicted with the guidelines of Dethmers Manufacturing Co., an Iowa firm that produced many of the U-Haul dollies used in the late 1980s and 1990s.

    Dethmers recommended that the tow vehicle weigh at least 1,000 pounds more than the dolly and the second vehicle combined.

    U-Haul said its relaxed standard still provided a reasonable safety margin. But in the past employees and dealers frequently ignored the rule, sometimes with tragic results, The Times found.

    Before renting a dolly, U-Haul agents were supposed to check a manual to make sure the tow vehicle was heavy enough. If not, the rental was to be rejected.

    That was news to two employees at a U-Haul dealer in Nogales, Ariz. In February 1999, one of them filled out a contract for a Ford Ranger to tow a Ford Tempo. The other hitched a tow dolly to the Ranger.

    Because the two vehicles weighed nearly the same, the rental was prohibited under U-Haul rules. Both employees said later in depositions that they had never seen, much less used, the U-Haul manual.

    Maria Lozano-Millan, 32, rode off in the Ranger with her 7-year-old son, Luis, and her sister. They drove to El Paso, picked up the sister’s disabled Tempo, and headed back home.

    They never made it.

    Descending a hill on Interstate 10 south of Benson, Ariz., the tow dolly and the Tempo fishtailed, pushing the Ranger off the road. The pickup’s roof was crushed as it skidded along a rocky outcropping, killing all three occupants.

    U-Haul denied the weight violation caused the accident. Responding to the family’s lawsuit, the company blamed Lozano-Millan’s sister for speeding and for hitting the brakes when the trailer began to sway, contrary to U-Haul’s safety instructions.

    But a former U-Haul area manager said under oath that the employees’ oversight caused the “senseless” tragedy.

    When he learned of the wreck, testimony showed, he called the dealership’s manager and said: “You just killed somebody.”

    U-Haul settled the case with an undisclosed payment. The company said it cut ties with the dealer, who violated “policies and procedures in the rental of this combination.”

    Mario Lozano, 50, Maria’s companion and Luis’ father, carries worn photos of them in his wallet and lights a candle in their memory on their birthdays.

    “Every day that passes is getting me closer to joining them somewhere,” he said.

    DEADLY RATIOS

    The Times reviewed police reports and other records on 222 crashes nationwide from 1989 through 2004 in which drivers lost control while pulling U-Haul tow dollies.

    In 105 cases, the documents contained enough detail to determine the vehicle weights.

    In 51 of those crashes — 49% — the rentals violated U-Haul’s rule requiring the tow vehicle to be at least 750 pounds heavier than the one being towed.

    In some of the crashes, the tow vehicle weighed less than the one it was towing.

    At least 12 people were killed in the ensuing wrecks.

    Unsafe weight combinations may not always be U-Haul’s fault. The company relies on the renters of dollies to provide accurate information about what kind of vehicle they will tow, and some do not, former employees said. It could not be determined if that happened in any of the cases studied by The Times.

    Casey Curtis, who rented a U-Haul dolly in 2002, said he was never asked what he planned to tow and didn’t realize weight could be a safety issue.

    Curtis, a construction worker from Orem, Utah, had the dolly hitched to his Suzuki Samurai and used it to tow a Geo Tracker, a vehicle of nearly equal weight.

    Going down a hill in Utah in high winds, the dolly began to slide side-to-side. Fighting for control, Curtis overcorrected the steering, a police report said. The trailer came loose and flipped. Curtis crashed head-on into an oncoming car.

    Several people were hurt. Curtis, then 25, escaped with minor injuries, but says he still has “slow-motion” nightmares about the wreck.

    “They didn’t even ask me what I was towing,” he said. “I had no idea what kind of consequences came from not having a heavier tow vehicle.”

    Steve Taub, U-Haul’s assistant general counsel, said the company has curbed weight violations. In 2001, it began phasing in a computerized towing manual that blocks the rental contract if an agent types in an improper combination. Taub said violations “are less of an occurrence now.”

    However, current and former U-Haul dealers and employees said the system, though an improvement, isn’t foolproof. A determined customer could lie about what he is towing — just as a dealer could deliberately enter the wrong vehicle model to complete the sale.

    U-Haul also says there have been fewer dolly accidents since a wider model, designed for greater stability, was phased in starting in the late 1990s. Shoen said it has eliminated sway: “We’re not experiencing it in the new product.”

    But documents produced by U-Haul in a Kentucky lawsuit show that several dozen customers have filed claims alleging that they lost control and crashed using the wider dollies.

    The Kentucky case involved just such an accident. Airline pilot Chris Burke was moving his family from Indiana to Florida in 2002, towing a Ford Contour. When the Contour fishtailed on Interstate 65 near Louisville, Burke’s Explorer smashed into a guardrail and flipped onto its side.

    Burke’s infant son, Ryan, suffered a fractured skull. His wife, Corry, 25, sustained severe spinal-cord damage, leaving her a paraplegic.

    The rental met U-Haul’s current weight standard, but Burke’s lawyers contended that the company should never have loosened its original 2-to-1 weight rule.

    “They knew then and they know now that you needed a larger vehicle in front,” lawyer Peter Perlman told the jury. “That’s just simply physics.”

    U-Haul’s lawyer responded that the current weight rule was “provably safe” and that the wider dolly “is safe, is stable, is controllable.”

    U-Haul contended that Burke was driving too fast — estimates of his speed ranged from 50 to 60 mph — and that he lost control on a rain-slick road.

    Nevertheless, the jury found U-Haul liable for renting “unreasonably dangerous” equipment and awarded $11.6 million in damages, reducing the amount by about a tenth after finding that Corry Burke was not wearing a seat belt.

    Chris Burke said the verdict has not diminished his bitterness.

    “Profits are No. 1,” he said of U-Haul. “Safety concern for their customer is last. My wife will never walk again. There’s not a day in my son’s life when she will be able to pick him up and hug him. A judgment can’t return that.”

    ‘HORRIBLE CONDITION’

    Marissa Sternberg was a born caregiver.

    At age 12, she worked with disabled children in a therapeutic horseback-riding program. When her grandmother was going blind, Sternberg read to her and served as her chauffeur. In high school, she nursed her dog back to health when the boxer was stricken with a potentially fatal disease.

    She went to grade school in Tucson with Corina Hollander’s son. Despite the difference in age, the women became friends, sharing a love of animals.

    In September 2003, Sternberg was set to start classes at a school in Denver that trains veterinary technicians, and she asked Hollander to make the drive with her.

    Sternberg and her boyfriend, Michael Lemons, packed her bed, television and other belongings into a 6-by-12-foot U-Haul trailer.

    They noticed the trailer was in “horrible condition,” Lemons recalled. Springs in the suspension were so corroded that they resembled “stalactites,” he said.

    Sternberg called a U-Haul helpline, and a representative agreed that she should exchange the trailer. But the next morning — Sept. 3 — an employee at a local U-Haul center made some minor adjustments and sent her on her way. Hollander said Sternberg was “agitated” about the trailer’s condition but eager to get going.

    By 10 a.m., they were on the road.

    As they left Tucson, the trailer began to rock Sternberg’s Land Cruiser — “like a boat,” Hollander recalled.

    Sternberg tapped the SUV’s brakes and the rocking stopped. This continued intermittently as they left Arizona and entered southern New Mexico.

    Late that afternoon, they stopped for gas near Socorro, N.M., and Hollander took the wheel. Soon after, the Toyota reached the crest of a hill on northbound Interstate 25 in the Sevilleta National Wildlife Refuge. Below, the Rio Grande meandered through a lush valley rimmed with rugged mountains.

    Hollander said she was going 45 to 50 mph and gained speed as she went downhill, reaching 60 mph. The trailer started to swerve. Hollander said she tapped the brakes but could not slow the vehicles. The swaying became violent.

    “There was no way you could control it,” she recalled. “It was sheer terror.”

    The Land Cruiser flipped, ending up on its side in the passing lane of the interstate. The trailer landed upside-down on the median.

    Passersby stopped to tend to the two women and summon help. One of Sternberg’s dogs was badly injured and had to be put down. The other lost a leg but survived.

    In the ambulance, Hollander said she told Sternberg: “Marissa, just tell my family that I love them very much, in case I don’t pull through this.”

    She said Sternberg responded: “Corina, we’re lucky to be alive. We’re going to be fine. We’re all going to be fine.”

    INOPERABLE BRAKES

    Experts who examined the trailer for Sternberg’s family found that its brakes were badly corroded and inoperable.

    A month earlier, a customer had rented the same trailer in Missouri, and the U-Haul agent told her “it had no brakes,” she said in a deposition.

    By the time Sternberg rented it, the trailer had not had a thorough safety check in more than eight months, according to its U-Haul inspection sticker. It had been rented 19 times in that period.

    Under U-Haul’s rules, the trailer should have undergone a “safety certification,” including a check of its brakes, tires and other essential parts, at least every 30 days.

    U-Haul initially said skid marks and other evidence suggested the brakes were working at the time of the accident. Later, Shoen acknowledged to The Times that they were not. Even so, the company said defective brakes did not cause the crash.

    After its investigators examined the battered trailer, the company said Sternberg loaded it improperly. U-Haul faulted Hollander for going too fast and turning the wheel when the swaying began.

    U-Haul also contended that Sternberg was not wearing a seat belt, although the state trooper who investigated the crash concluded that she was.

    Without admitting liability, the company settled the suit in May 2005. Sternberg attorney Patrick E. Broom declined to disclose the terms.

    Shoen said in an interview that the condition of the trailer was “totally unacceptable … whether we caused the accident or not.”

    U-Haul’s larger trailers have surge brakes that activate when the trailer pushes against the vehicle in front. They are designed to reduce wear on the brakes of the tow vehicle and make it easier to stop the combination.

    Safety experts say that once a trailer is swinging erratically, surge brakes won’t help. But by reducing the trailer’s speed, the brakes can help prevent swaying in the first place or limit it before it becomes severe, experts say.

    “If you do try to slow down and you can’t get adequate performance from the trailer brakes, it certainly would make it harder to get out of a sway situation,” said Robert Krouse, a General Motors engineer who is chairman of a Society of Automotive Engineers panel on towing.

    U-Haul says trailer brakes help with straight-ahead stopping but don’t reduce sway. Nevertheless, the company says, they should always work.

    The Times found recurring problems with U-Haul trailer brakes. As far back as 1966, U-Haul’s own insurer told the company it needed to do a better job maintaining them.

    “We are increasing the risk of an accident by sending a trailer with faulty brakes on a rental which we advertise and represent as being safely equipped with brakes,” wrote Frontier Insurance Agency of Portland, Ore. The memo surfaced in a lawsuit years later.

    A 1995 crash in Indiana drove home the potential consequences of brake failure. Two people were killed in the wreck, which police said was caused by inoperable brakes on a U-Haul auto transport.

    Shoen said U-Haul recognized in the late 1990s that trailer brakes were not being maintained well enough and responded by requiring more frequent inspections.

    In a statement, U-Haul said that despite isolated incidents, there was no “pervasive pattern” of brake failures.

    Yet problems have persisted.

    Architect Mark Letzer rented a U-Haul trailer in 2003 to move from Los Angeles to New Orleans. With his son, Devin, driving on Interstate 10 in Texas, the trailer whipped violently and their Honda Passport overturned.

    The elder Letzer, who was not wearing a seat belt, was thrown from the vehicle and killed.

    The family’s lawsuit said faulty trailer brakes helped cause the crash. The plaintiffs presented evidence that there was little or no brake fluid in the trailer and some brake pads were missing. The trailer had gone two months without a safety certification, according to its U-Haul inspection sticker. It had been rented nine times during that period.

    U-Haul said brake problems didn’t cause the accident. It blamed improper loading and said Devin Letzer drove too fast and braked and steered improperly when the trailer began to snake. His father contributed to the crash by grabbing the wheel, the company said.

    U-Haul settled the suit in February 2006.

    Eric Christensen, an engineer, was moving his family from Utah to New Hampshire in 2001, towing a trailer behind his Explorer. His father, Ronald V. Christensen, was riding with him.

    On an icy patch of Interstate 80 in Wyoming, the trailer whipped and both vehicles slid off the road. Neither man was injured, and they forged on, intending to exchange the trailer for a new one at a U-Haul center 70 miles ahead.

    Minutes later, coming down a steep grade, the trailer began swaying wildly. The Explorer overturned and rolled twice, killing Ronald Christensen.

    The family sued, citing expert reports that the trailer’s brake-fluid reservoir was dry. U-Haul records indicated that the trailer was more than a month overdue for a safety inspection.

    U-Haul contended that the brakes were working at the time of the accident and lost fluid later, when a hose was damaged in the towing of the wreckage.

    The company blamed Eric Christensen for driving too fast and braking and steering too sharply. U-Haul settled the suit on confidential terms.

    “My son’s growing up without his grandfather,” Christensen said recently. “I have to face my mom and my brothers and sisters thinking I was responsible for my dad’s death.”

    Lew Jones was moving furniture from North Carolina to Rochester, N.Y., in 2005 when he veered to avoid another car. Jones said his U-Haul trailer jackknifed, pushing his Jeep Cherokee into a guardrail. Jones’ wife escaped with minor injuries; he was unhurt.

    A Virginia state trooper found no fluid in the trailer’s brake reservoir. Because state law holds the driver responsible, he gave Jones an $86 ticket for driving with defective brakes. Jones’ auto insurer slapped him with a three-year, $846 surcharge.

    U-Haul denied the wreck resulted from a brake problem but declined to elaborate.

    Trooper Scott T. Parsons said the accident might not have happened if the trailer had working brakes. “There’s a reason those brakes are on those trailers,” he said, “and that’s to help in control of the vehicle.”

    NO BRAKES AT ALL

    With some U-Haul trailers, the issue is not bad brakes but a lack of brakes.

    Most states require surge brakes on larger trailers such as the model Sternberg rented. At least 14 states also mandate brakes on smaller trailers under common conditions. Yet U-Haul ignores this requirement, renting small and midsize trailers that have no brakes.

    In general, the state regulations say that trailers below 3,000 pounds must have brakes if they exceed 40% of the tow vehicle’s weight. By that standard, two popular, un-braked U-Haul cargo trailers are frequently in violation of the rules.

    For instance, U-Haul’s 5-by-8-foot trailer, which weighs 2,700 pounds fully loaded, would be required to have brakes unless the tow vehicle weighed at least 6,750 pounds. Only giant pickups weigh that much. U-Haul routinely rents the trailer to customers using much smaller tow vehicles.

    Shoen acknowledged that U-Haul was not in compliance with the state motor vehicle codes but suggested it was a trifling matter. To make his point, he pulled out a news clipping about a 201-year-old North Carolina law barring unmarried couples from living together.

    What’s important, Shoen said, is that vehicles towing U-Haul equipment can stop within state-mandated braking distances.

    “The laws you’re referring to are well-known to people at the state jurisdictions,” he said. “But what happens is they enforce, or don’t enforce, depending upon what the public good is.”

    WITHOUT WARNING

    John Abromavage, U-Haul’s engineering director, once testified that as a witness for the company in some 200 cases, he had never seen an accident he regarded as U-Haul’s fault.

    Richard Klein, the trailer expert and U-Haul consultant, said in an interview that “U-Haul trailers and tow dollies are the most highly tested equipment in the industry…. Sway is not a problem with a properly loaded and driven trailer.”

    Peter Keith, the Canadian safety expert, offered a similar appraisal based on investigating tow-dolly crashes for U-Haul: “These accidents never occur when a vehicle is being driven in anywhere close to the manner in which it’s meant to be.”

    The fault, in U-Haul’s view, nearly always lies with customers — for loading the trailer incorrectly, driving too fast or otherwise failing to heed safety instructions.

    They should know better, according to U-Haul. Taub, the U-Haul attorney, said the company’s safety guide is given out “virtually without exception.”

    But former U-Haul employees and dealers said many customers did not receive guides. Some said they were too busy to distribute them. Steve Eggen, a former dealer in Alameda, Calif., said he left the pamphlets on a counter, and at most half his customers picked one up.

    Tammie Wise, a onetime dealer and U-Haul general manager in Northern California, said that with long lines of anxious customers and few employees, “there just wasn’t enough time” to make sure everyone got a copy.

    In addition, the guides are not available in Spanish, though many customers are Latino. Shoen said a Spanish-language guide was “a nice idea,” but “we don’t have a big demand for it.”

    Christian S. Strong said he and Mindy Swegels were never informed of the risks when they rented a trailer to tow his motorcycle.

    Strong and Swegels, who had just become engaged, were returning to Kentucky from a Florida vacation in May 2002. On Interstate 75 in Tennessee, the trailer swerved and their Ford Explorer flipped.

    Swegels, who was not wearing a seat belt, suffered multiple fractures and a head injury that left her brain-damaged, according to her lawsuit. U-Haul blamed inattentive driving and excessive speed.

    Swegels and Strong said that they never received the U-Haul user guide and that trailer decals citing a 45-mph speed limit were missing or illegible.

    To bolster their case, their engineering experts rented 12 U-Haul trailers at various sites. They said they were given user guides only twice.

    In February, the jury rejected the claim that the trailer was defective but found U-Haul negligent for failing to warn about the risks. It awarded nearly $2.6 million in damages.

    Strong said that if he’d known about the dangers of towing above U-Haul’s recommended 45-mph speed limit, he would have left his motorcycle behind.

    “I’m not going to risk my life to take a bike 850 miles,” he testified.

    Even when clearly communicated, the 45-mph limit is problematic.

    It’s a challenge for anyone traveling cross-country or around California, since prevailing speeds are often at least 70 mph on interstates. Some experts say going 45 mph on a major highway is hazardous because it increases the chance of being hit from behind.

    Shoen said the 45-mph ceiling was meant to “create a compensatory attitude.” Customers may not go 45, but “maybe they’ll go 55 or 60,” he said.

    Yet, when accidents happen, a standard U-Haul defense is that the driver exceeded the 45-mph limit.

    Failing to properly distribute the load in the trailer is another customer error often cited by U-Haul. A company manual once called it “sheer suicide!”

    The safety guide tells customers to put 60% of the weight in the trailer’s front half to promote stability. The instruction is underscored by a line inside the trailer. The guide describes a series of measurements to make sure the weight is distributed correctly.

    A portable scale that could help renters ensure proper loading has long been available. U-Haul has used such a scale during accident investigations, but it does not offer one to customers to help prevent accidents.

    Sherline Products Inc. of Vista, Calif., sells a portable trailer scale to farmers, ranchers and owners of recreational vehicles for $110.

    Craig Libuse, the company’s marketing director, said executives wrote to U-Haul in the mid-1990s offering to design a version that could be built into U-Haul trailers. Another option was for U-Haul to rent scales to customers.

    Sherline said the scale’s wholesale cost would be $55.

    Libuse said U-Haul never responded. U-Haul said it had no record of the proposal. The company said a scale was unnecessary because its loading instructions had proved sufficient.

    “There’s no mystery to loading a trailer,” Shoen said. “You need it heavier in front. It’s just that simple.”

    HOLDING ON

    When Brian Sternberg arrived at the hospital in Albuquerque, he didn’t recognize his daughter.

    Marissa had suffered numerous fractures, as well as heart and lung damage and a severe head injury. The cumulative trauma caused brain damage that became evident soon after the accident.

    By the time her father saw her, she could no longer speak or move. Physicians put the odds against her survival at 200 to 1.

    But Marissa held on. She spent four weeks in the trauma unit of the University of New Mexico Hospital before being transferred to a rehabilitation center in Austin, Texas. Her mother, Lisa, spent eight months with her there.

    Marissa’s first word was: “Home.” Since then, she has spoken only an occasional word.

    The Sternbergs, who have long been prominent in Tucson philanthropic circles, built an airy, art-filled house for their daughter next to their own home in the foothills of the Santa Catalina Mountains. Four caregivers tend to her around the clock.

    “I’m looking to make her comfortable,” said Brian, 48, who owns a wholesale food company with his brother.

    After discovering that the nearest neurological rehabilitation center was more than 100 miles away in Phoenix, the Sternbergs funded construction of a state-of-the-art facility in Tucson.

    The center has 100 patients and a staff of 10. Marissa, now 23, receives therapy there five days a week. She has made progress, but doctors have told the family the most they can expect is that Marissa will learn to “follow commands,” her father said. He called this “the best case, and the worst case.”

    “It’s not like tomorrow’s going to be a different day,” he said. “It’s a dream we just haven’t woken up from, a nightmare.”


    alan.miller@latimes.com

    myron.levin@latimes.com



    Times researcher Janet Lundblad contributed to this report.

     

    Alaska

    M. Scott Moon/Peninsula Clarion, via Associated Press

    June 17, 2007
    Cold Spell

    Up North, Looking for Direction

    SCOURING the tundra for the source of the next big boom is the Alaskan way.

    Skin it, mine it, fish for it, drill for it.

    It has all paid off, at least for a while. It has also propped up the state’s place in the national mythology — the alluring frontier detached on the map but also a critical supplier of the world’s wants.

    Now, as oil production continues its steady decline, and the temperature creeps higher, it is far from clear what the next big boom might be, or what Alaska might become without one. Nearing a half-century of statehood, the wildest and most mysterious of American places could use a reliable map to the future. Fog seems to be rolling in instead.

    Political scandal has erupted, leading to indictments for state lawmakers and even raising questions over the dealings of Senator Ted Stevens, “Uncle Ted,” the great provider for the Great Land. Global warming is puddling the permafrost and threatening coastal villages. The federal government, which spends more money on Alaska per capita than it does on any other state, may no longer be such a sugar daddy. The population, which once surged and plummeted with fortunes found and dashed, now relies more on trusty old biological reproduction for replenishment than some new rush of speculators.

    “It’s sort of like this dance that keeps on changing, but it keeps us dancing,” said Neal Fried, an economist with the state’s Department of Labor. “In some ways you just have to sit back and say, wow, this is pretty amazing.”

    Or you could confront it.

    “Alaskans are kind of saying, What is the next boom?” said Senator Lisa Murkowski. “I think it is a hard question to answer and I think it’s wise for us to talk kind of beyond the boom-and-bust path we’ve been on. Why does it have to be a boom and bust? When will we get ourselves on a more sustainable path?”

    Or you could drop all diplomacy.

    “We’re basically divorced from reality up here,” said Andrew Halcro, a Republican who ran for governor last year as an independent. “People say: ‘Wow, we got a Gap or a Banana Republic, everything must be cool.’ But what you don’t look at is the big picture.”

    In Alaska, of course, the picture is really big. In a state with 663,000 square miles and barely one person for each of them, it is easy to see things from a different point of view.

    “We’ve been saying disaster is around the corner for years and we’ve been wrong many times,” said Gregg Erickson, an economist in Juneau who writes a newsletter about the state budget.

    Asked what the future might hold once the oil finally does dry up, Mr. Erickson said: “Who knows? But we can see some outlines.”

    Many ideas come straight out of the old extraction-economy playbook. The new Republican governor, Sarah Palin, a former suburban mayor, beauty pageant queen and exponent of something previously untranslatable in Alaska politics, “transparent government,” is pushing for a new pipeline that would pump trillions of cubic feet of natural gas from the North Slope to the lower 48 states, potentially delivering another Alaska boom, or at least a boomlet.

    Still, even if that happens, and virtually everyone in Alaska hopes it does, most experts say the benefits will be far less than those of the Trans Alaska Pipeline, whose construction, completed 30 years ago, transformed the state.

    Since the oil bust of the mid-1980s, the economy has been growing, slowly but steadily. A Target store, the first in Alaska, is set for construction outside downtown Anchorage, a stamp of retail arrival. But the backbone of the growth has been oil and federal money.

    The underlying challenges are only expected to sharpen: The state has a small, aging population. It depends on oil for more than 80 percent of state revenue. While tourism, fishing and cargo shipping are growing, they are not about to supplant oil, and there is no other obvious source for major revenue that could. Not only is there no state income tax or many other fees, nearly every Alaskan gets a check each year from the state based on investments from oil revenues. Last year, the checks were for $1,107.

    That tension is not new, but there is more. Beginning in the late 1990s, as Mr. Stevens, a Republican, became chairman of the Senate’s Appropriations Committee, federal spending in Alaska eventually doubled, going from $4.2 billion in 1995 to $8.4 billion in 2004. Now that Democrats have taken control of Congress, the senator is no longer chairman.

    “They see about three years’ worth of federal projects in the pipeline, and then after that there’s nothing,” said Mr. Halcro, the former candidate for governor. “I’ve heard from very credible sources that the people of Alaska are going to be surprised at how little federal money is coming in.”

    One of those sources was Senator Murkowski, also a Republican. She was appointed to office in 2002 by her father, Frank, who held the seat for 22 years before he left to run for governor. Ms. Murkowski said last week that with Democrats in control and so-called earmarks under greater scrutiny in both parties, “the way we have typically done business or operated as a state is changing.” Big building projects like, say, Ted Stevens Anchorage International Airport, may be on the way out.

    “When you think about how the monies have come to the state, so much of it has been because we needed to build a certain capacity that states in the lower 48 have had for generations,” Ms. Murkowski said. “We were in that catching-up period. It wasn’t more than our fair share, it was our fair share. We were maturing as a state.”

    Ms. Murkowski, 50, is among a younger generation of politicians, along with Ms. Palin, 43, and Mayor Mark Begich of Anchorage, a Democrat, who cast themselves as more inclined to find common ground than make deals behind closed doors.

    Senator Murkowski uses words like “sustainable” when she talks about developing natural resources, and she expresses interest in alternative energy like ocean, wind, geothermal and solar. But like Senator Stevens and Don Young, the state’s sole representative in the House and also a Republican, she supports drilling for oil in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, a proposal that would increase oil revenues but has little support in the Democratic Congress.

    Alaska has an emergency option should it ever need one, and it is like no other: the Permanent Fund, a $39 billion colossus built on oil revenues over the course of 31 years. The account earns the interest that provides residents with their annual dividend.

    But the few politicians who publicly support tapping it for other purposes are usually met with an icy public response. Few are standing up for big new taxes, either. Calls for a “long-range plan” are drowned out in the search for a new resource boom. How about a controversial gold mine in Bristol Bay? The natural gas pipeline? Drilling in the refuge?

    “People keep punting because they hope the next big development is going to bail us out,” said Stanley E. Senner, executive director of Audubon Alaska, who spends much of his time working to protect wilderness areas from some of those proposals. “That constant pressure is there. You have a lot of Alaska sort of collectively holding its breath.”


     

    The Florsheims

    Darren Hauck for The New York Times

    Tom Florsheim Sr., center, with his sons Tom, left, and John. They restored family control at Florsheim

    June 24, 2007

    The Florsheims, Back in Their Own Shoes

    IF a death notice had been drafted for the Florsheim Group in 2001, the year that the company went on life support, it might have read something like this:

    A well-known company, whose shoes outfitted generations of American boys and men for school, work, weddings and funerals for most of the 20th century, died yesterday. Once a small, profitable and highly regarded family business, Florsheim, owned for the past 50 years by outside investors, succumbed to loads of debt, lackadaisical vision and outdated styling. Florsheim, 110 years old, is survived by a slew of much hipper brands.

    But if the famous old shoemaker was once on the verge of being shoved six feet under, how has it come to pass that Thomas Florsheim Jr., 49, a great-grandson of the company’s founder, is touting Florsheim’s new fall selection? As Mr. Florsheim strolls around his Manhattan hotel room — refitted to resemble a shoe store — he is in full pitchman mode, parsing the nuances of soles, lasts and uppers. He’s also contrite about Florsheim’s failures.

    “Look, we know what people think when they think of us: they think of wing tips, the capped toe, the really brogue shoes and that we had gotten to a point where we were very stodgy,” he says, fingering racks filled with the company’s new line — some 80 percent of which, he says, has been overhauled over the last three years. “But we’re moving the needle in terms of style.”

    Five years ago, when Apollo Management, then the majority owner of Florsheim, put the shoemaker into bankruptcy, the company was in shambles: most of its 200 retail stores were losing money, licensing deals with designers like Joseph Abboud had proved a bust, many of its factories were operating at well below capacity and its product pipeline was outdated and shoddy. That’s when the Florsheims — the family, not the company — did a bit of, well, sole searching.

    Driven by sentiment as much as opportunity, two of the Florsheim scions, Thomas Jr. and John, along with their father, Thomas Sr., bought the broken shoemaker in 2002 for about $45 million, nearly 50 years after their family first gave up control. Since reacquiring the shoemaker that bears their name, the Florsheims have achieved the improbable.

    “They’ve picked their family name out of the garbage bin and polished it up and made it a success again,” says Joseph Gomes, a retail analyst at McGinn Smith & Company. “In a business that continues to be dominated by bigger and bigger players, that has not been an easy thing to do.”

    But if Florsheim’s second act offers a crash course in resurrecting a failed brand name, it also sheds light on the fragility of family succession and control in even the most established of enterprises — and how botched transfers of power from one generation to another at Florsheim caused conflicts that separated the family from its legacy for decades.

    “Running any family business is notoriously troublesome, and very few ever make it into the fifth generation,” John Florsheim says. “This one almost didn’t, partly because of the relationship between my father and my grandfather. There was no love lost between them.”

    Florsheim’s turnaround comes just as so-called heritage brands — weathered brands like Dr. Scholl’s and Chuck Taylor — have found a growing cachet among younger customers. But analysts still question whether Florsheim itself can capitalize on that trend by making long-term customers out of fickle 18- to 25-year-olds who are coveted shoppers in the $25 billion domestic footwear industry.

    “We are at a time and place when resurrecting brands is at an all-time high — what was once old and obsolete is now new again,” says Marshal Cohen, chief analyst at the NPD Group, a research firm that tracks retail trends. “The question is whether the brand can truly step out of its comfort zone to push the envelope with a younger generation. Just because you resurrect a brand doesn’t mean you are going to stay there.”

    AS Mr. Florsheim paces around his hotel room, he stops midstride and points at the calfskin toe of his 10-D, low-slung brown leather loafer. “A couple of years ago, there wasn’t a shoe in the Florsheim line that I would have worn,” he says. “We don’t think we’re Gucci, but our styling is much more contemporary now.”

    Making Florsheim more contemporary has paid off. The Florsheims own more than a third of a small, publicly traded company near Milwaukee, the Weyco Group, that distributes such moderately priced footwear lines as Nunn Bush, Stacy Adams, Brass Boot and, of course, the revived Florsheim. While the Weyco Group does not record the separate earnings of its three shoe divisions, company officials said that Florsheim had pretax profits of more than $15 million last year on sales of $95 million, compared with pretax losses of $26 million on sales of $183 million in 2001. (The 2001 figure, however, included sales at more than 170 retail stores that have since been shuttered.)

    In the first quarter this year, Florsheim enjoyed pretax profits of around $4 million on sales of $27 million, company officials said. The company said Florsheim’s strong performance has been a catalyst in Weyco’s soaring stock price, which has climbed more than 300 percent, to $25 a share, since Weyco acquired the shoemaker.

    While Florsheim’s numbers are promising, the company is still haunted by its own peculiar ghosts. Although younger family members say they’re proud to be born with the name Florsheim, at one time arguably the most famous brand in the shoe trade, they spent most of their adult careers working for a rival and viewing the company that bore their name as little other than the competition.

    “It was always a bit strange walking around with this last name, but having no real association with the company,” John Florsheim says. “No matter where I was, it just didn’t add up to people.”

    By his own acknowledgment, Thomas Florsheim Sr. is partially responsible for his sons’ estrangement from the shoe line that bears their name; he cites fallout from a schism with his father, the late Harold Florsheim, the last family member to run the company. Thomas Sr. is one surviving Florsheim who drew a steady paycheck from the old Florsheim company. He says that while Florsheim was a family-run enterprise when he arrived in the late 1950s, the culture was stiff and undemocratic, much like its founder: Milton Florsheim, his grandfather.

    Milton Florsheim was a cobbler’s son who started the company in Chicago in 1892, hoping to produce high-quality men’s dress shoes at moderate prices. Early on, he proved to be a visionary entrepreneur: instead of selling his shoes wholesale and allowing stores to put their own labels on his products, he decided that his company’s livelihood should be in establishing direct ties to customers. As a result — and to the chagrin of retailers — he put the Florsheim name directly on the shoe’s pull-strap and sole, a move that in the coming years would become standard at other shoe companies.

    The company’s growth took off when Milton persuaded entrepreneurs to open their own Florsheim retail stores, in some cases ponying up seed capital for a piece of the business and giving them huge Florsheim signs to hang above the store door. The brand was positioned as “the aspirational shoe for the average guy,” John Florsheim says. It was a message that took hold in small towns nationwide.

    By the mid-1920s, before the Great Depression crippled the company, Florsheim boasted 2,500 employees, 5 factories, 71 retail outlets, 9,000 dealers and a network of regional wholesale distributors. Milton’s sons, Irving and Harold, helped to keep the company afloat during the Depression and later steered it back onto solid financial ground. When Milton died in 1936, Irving took over. A few years later, with Irving’s health failing, Harold assumed control.

    Harold’s ascent introduced the rift that would eventually divide the family. To Harold’s credit, Florsheim prospered financially under his leadership — though not as a family-owned business. In 1952, he sold it to the International Shoe Company (now called Interco), then among the largest shoe manufacturers in the world. As a subsidiary to a division of Interco, and with Harold still firmly in charge, Florsheim blossomed, doubling its sales to more than $350 million over the next decade, even as the parent company floundered, according to John Florsheim.

    At the time, Florsheim also enjoyed about a 70 percent share of the men’s dress shoe market and accounted for more than half of Interco’s earnings, family members say.

    Harold was twice-married, and Thomas Sr. is one of three children born to his first wife. “I didn’t grow up with him around, and so we were not very close at all,” says Thomas Sr. of his relationship with his father, who died in 1987. “The truth is that we never really got along well.”

    Still, after finishing graduate school at the University of Chicago, Thomas Sr. scrapped his plans to become an anthropologist and joined Florsheim instead. “I came in under the notion that they wanted me to run the company one day,” he says.

    What followed was an apprenticeship in the men’s shoe business, as Thomas Sr. was tutored in sales, finance, marketing and distribution. Still, as he recalls, he spent much of his time clashing with his father over Florsheim’s strategic direction. Some run-ins were relatively minor, like the disagreement over his father’s refusal to permit him to buy advertising in Playboy magazine. “In the early ’60s, Playboy was probably the best place for us to advertise,” Thomas Sr. says. “But my father thought it was too risqué.”

    Other battles, though, were much more consequential — like the dispute over Thomas Sr.’s insistence that in order to remain competitive, Florsheim needed to develop a line of casual shoes, reduce its labor costs by moving production overseas, and end partnerships to make women’s shoes, which, in his opinion, were a costly diversion away from its male customer base.

    “We got into terrible fights,” he recalls. “I realized that as long as my father was there, I would never run the business. He wanted the authority. But as long as I was there, I wanted to be my own boss.”

    The opportunity came in the mid-1960s, when he met Frank Weyenberg, whose family founded the Weyenberg Shoe Manufacturing Company, a distributor of midpriced casual shoes. Thomas Sr. bought $750,000 in stock from Mr. Weyenberg and in 1964 told his father that he was quitting.

    “It was like I had committed treason,” he says. “My father couldn’t understand why I was leaving. And he told me that it was a mistake and that I’d be sorry.” He adds: “When I left, those were the happiest days of my life. I couldn’t understand why I had stayed for nine years.”

    With Mr. Weyenberg as his business partner, Thomas Sr. began building the kind of shoe company he wanted. To round out the Weyenberg company portfolio, Thomas Sr. acquired the Nunn Bush Shoe Company, a maker of affordable men’s dress shoes, and Stacy Adams, known for its midpriced, urban designs. He also started Brass Boot, a line of fashionable men’s shoes made in Europe. Thomas Sr. said his best acquisitions, however, were his sons: after Thomas Jr. received his M.B.A. from Columbia University in 1987, he joined the company, and his brother John, a graduate of Brown University, joined in 1994 after working four years at Mars Inc., the candy company.

    “Based on his own experiences, he was very aware of the pitfalls in a family business,” John Florsheim says. “I have to say that our father went out of his way to include us in all business decisions.”

    WHILE Weyenberg was thriving, Florsheim’s fortunes had begun to erode. The biggest blow came in 1988, when Capital City Associates, a buyout firm, tried to take over Interco, Florsheim’s parent. Although Interco managed to stave off the hostile offer, the battle proved costly. A stock buyback plan saddled the company with $1.9 billion in debt that forced it to liquidate some of its holdings and cut back on various materials and processes used to produce Florsheim shoes.

    Customers noticed the change almost instantly. “There was a time when if you carried Florsheim products, you couldn’t go wrong,” says Gary Hauss, 51, president of J. Stephens, a shoe store chain in California and Arizona that has sold the Florsheim line since 1972. “But then they started taking quality out of the product, while the price went up. It was a short-term fix that ended up biting them,” hurting the company’s performance. “You can’t fool customers.”

    Mr. Hauss says sales of Florsheim shoes at his company amounted to $350,000 last year, down from $1.3 million in 1991 .

    When Interco filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in 1991, one of its advisers during its financial reorganization was Leon D. Black’s Apollo Investment Fund. Apollo, which got a majority stake in Interco when it emerged from bankruptcy a year later, would later spin off Florsheim as a publicly held company while remaining its largest shareholder.

    But Florsheim was still riddled with problems, including the loss of two big customers to bankruptcies in the late 1990s. And while licensing deals, the introduction of such subbrands as @ease for younger buyers and a high-end golf line called Frogs added much-needed revenue to the company, the ventures also diverted the company’s attention from its core customer base.

    “It was clear that over time, the company had lost its way,” says Gilbert W. Harrison, the chief executive of Financo Inc., an investment bank that Apollo retained to help sell the company.

    From the sidelines, the Florsheims watched and waited as their once-revered rival slid deeper into an abyss. On a couple of occasions, they approached Florsheim’s owners to discuss buying the company, but the talks always stalled over price. “There were a lot of people interested in the company,” Mr. Harrison says, “and many potential buyers.”

    The idea of bringing Florsheim into Weyco’s fold never ceased tantalizing the family. The shoemaker’s enviably recognizable brand, its robust wholesale business, and the way its shoes complemented Weyco’s existing brands, all made Florsheim seem a perfect fit. Often, the Florsheim men would talk wistfully about owning Florsheim — and not simply for business reasons, but because they believed they ought to control a company that sold products carrying their name.

    “Things were getting so bad over there that we decided to be patient and wait and then buy the company in bankruptcy,” says Thomas Jr. That moment came in 2002. Bidding alone, the Weyco Group agreed to acquire Florsheim’s American and European wholesale businesses, all of its European retail stores and 23 of its 217 domestic retail stores for about $45 million. It also acquired worldwide rights to the Florsheim name.

    “When it finally happened, all I can remember is how scared I was,” Thomas Jr. says. “All of a sudden, we had the Florsheim name back. Now we had to make it mean something again. I was happy; I was scared.”

    Thomas Sr. says he felt no such fear — only pride. “It was a very emotional moment for me. It was something that I have always dreamed of doing.”

    ON a recent morning at Weyco’s nondescript headquarters near Milwaukee, rap music is pumping out on the radio in the design area. Making his rounds through the corridors, Thomas Jr. drops by and appears unfazed by Biggie Smalls’s booming endorsement of dames, diamond rings and Dom Perignon. He knows that more than anything, Florsheim needs a heavy dose of youthful energy. To that end, he greets his cast of Gen Y-looking designers with a slight nod, hanging around just long enough to review the layout of a future catalog before slipping out to resolve some distribution problems.

    Weyco faces a delicate balancing act as it tries to make Florsheim live up to its new tag line, “The Best … Again!” In some cases, the renewal effort has meant jettisoning longtime customers. For example, shortly after acquiring Florsheim, Weyco cut its ties to the Sears department store chain, which sold a subbrand of Florsheim casual shoes called FLS.

    Thomas Jr. says he killed the line because, even though it might have added cachet to Sears stores, it put a damper on the high-quality image Florsheim wanted to project going forward. Weyco offered to substitute the Nunn Bush line in place of Florsheim, but the offer was flatly rejected, Thomas Jr. says. Instead, Sears retaliated by pulling Stacy Adams, Weyco’s midmarket urban fashion line, from its stores, Thomas Jr. says.

    A Sears spokesman declined to comment about the company’s dealings with Weyco. “They were just mad, and we walked away from about $10 million worth of business,” Thomas Jr. says. “It was just a bad day.”

    For his part, Thomas Sr., 77, says he is looking forward to brighter days at Florsheim now that his children are running it. He retired in 1999, but is confident someone named Florsheim will stay in the saddle.

    “I’ve always wanted to have something for all the years I worked,” he says. “One of my greatest prides is that two of my boys have come into the business. If they leave, somebody in the family will probably come along to take over. I might not be around to see it, but that is my hope.”


     

    When Computers Attack

    Jeffrey Smith

    Robert Nickelsberg/Getty Images

    CRASH BANG Governments are readying themselves for the Big One, an attack on computer systems

    June 24, 2007
    Bit Wars

    When Computers Attack

    ANYONE who follows technology or military affairs has heard the predictions for more than a decade. Cyberwar is coming. Although the long-announced, long-awaited computer-based conflict has yet to occur, the forecast grows more ominous with every telling: an onslaught is brought by a warring nation, backed by its brains and computing resources; banks and other businesses in the enemy states are destroyed; governments grind to a halt; telephones disconnect; the microchip-controlled Tickle Me Elmos will be transformed into unstoppable killing machines.

    No, that last item is not part of the scenario, mostly because those microprocessor-controlled toys aren’t connected to the Internet through the industrial remote-control technologies known as Scada systems, for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition. The technology allows remote monitoring and control of operations like manufacturing production lines and civil works projects like dams. So security experts envision terrorists at a keyboard remotely shutting down factory floors or opening a dam’s floodgates to devastate cities downstream.

    But how bad would a cyberwar really be — especially when compared with the blood-and-guts genuine article? And is there really a chance it would happen at all?

    Whatever the answer, governments are readying themselves for the Big One.

    China, security experts believe, has long probed United States networks. According to a 2007 Defense Department annual report to Congress, China’s military has invested heavily in electronic countermeasures and defenses against attack, and concepts like “computer network attack, computer network defense and computer network exploitation.”

    According to the report, the Chinese Army sees computer network operations “as critical to achieving ‘electromagnetic dominance’ ” — whatever that is — early in a conflict.

    The United States is arming up, as well. Robert Elder, commander of the Air Force Cyberspace Command, told reporters in Washington at a recent breakfast that his newly formed command, which defends military data, communications and control networks, is learning how to disable an opponent’s computer networks and crash its databases.

    “We want to go in and knock them out in the first round,” he said, as reported on Military.com.

    An all-out cyberconflict could “could have huge impacts,” said Danny McPherson, an expert with Arbor Networks. Hacking into industrial control systems, he said, could be “a very real threat.”

    Attacks on the Internet itself, say, through what are known as root-name servers, which play a role in connecting Internet users with Web sites, could cause widespread problems, said Paul Kurtz, the chief operating officer of Safe Harbor, a security consultancy. And having so many nations with a finger on the digital button, of course, raises the prospect of a cyberconflict caused by a misidentified attacker or a simple glitch.

    Still, instead of thinking in terms of the industry’s repeated warnings of a “digital Pearl Harbor,” Mr. McPherson said, “I think cyberwarfare will be far more subtle,” in that “certain parts of the system won’t work, or it will be that we can’t trust information we’re looking at.”

    Whatever form cyberwar might take, most experts have concluded that what happened in Estonia earlier this month was not an example.

    The cyberattacks in Estonia were apparently sparked by tensions over the country’s plan to remove Soviet-era war memorials. Estonian officials initially blamed Russia for the attacks, suggesting that its state-run computer networks blocked online access to banks and government offices.

    The Kremlin denied the accusations. And Estonian officials ultimately accepted the idea that perhaps this attack was the work of tech-savvy activists, or “hactivists,” who have been mounting similar attacks against just about everyone for several years.

    Still, many in the security community and the news media initially treated the digital attacks against Estonia’s computer networks as the coming of a long-anticipated new chapter in the history of conflict — when, in fact, the technologies and techniques used in the attacks were hardly new, nor were they the kind of thing that only a powerful government would have in its digital armamentarium.

    The force of the attack appears to have come from armies of “zombie” computers infected with software that makes them available for manipulation and remote command. These “bot-nets” are more commonly used for illicit activities like committing online fraud and sending spam, said James Andrew Lewis, director of the Technology and Public Policy Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.

    The main method of attack in Estonia — through what is known as a digital denial of service — doesn’t disable computers from within, but simply stacks up so much digital debris at the entryway that legitimate visitors, like bank customers, can’t get in.

    That is not the same as disabling a computer from the inside, Mr. Lewis stressed. “The idea that Estonia was brought to its knees — that’s when we have to stop sniffing glue,” he said.

    In fact, an attack would have borne real risks for Russia, or any aggressor nation, said Ross Stapleton-Gray, a security consultant in Berkeley, Calif. “The downside consequence of getting caught doing something more could well be a military escalation,” he said.

    That’s too great a risk for a government to want to engage in what amounts to high-tech harassment, Mr. Lewis said. “The Russians are not dumb,” he said.

    Even if an Internet-based conflict does eventually break out, and the dueling microchips do their worst, it would have a fundamentally different effect from flesh-and-blood fighting, said Andrew MacPherson, research assistant professor of justice studies at the University of New Hampshire. “If you have a porcelain vase and drop it — it’s very difficult to put it back together,” he said. “A cyberattack, maybe it’s more like a sheet that can be torn and it can be sewed back together.”

    That is why Kevin Poulsen, a writer on security issues at Wired News, said that he had difficulty envisioning the threat that others see from an overseas attack by electrons and photons alone. “They unleash their deadly viruses and then they land on the beaches and sweep across our country without resistance because we’re rebooting our P.C.’s?” he asked.

    In fact, the United States has prepared for cyberattacks incidentally, through our day-to-day exposure to crashes, glitches, viruses and meltdowns. There are very few places where a computer is so central that everything crashes to a halt if the machine goes on the blink.

    Russian space engineers struggled to fix crashing computers aboard the International Space Station that help keep the orbiting laboratory oriented properly in space — if they hadn’t been fixed, the station might have had to be abandoned, at least temporarily.

    Down on earth, by comparison, this correspondent found himself near the Kennedy Space Center in a convenience store without cash and with the credit card network unavailable. “The satellite’s down,” the clerk said. “It’s the rain.” And so the purchase of jerky and soda had to wait. At the center’s visitor complex, a sales clerk dealt with the same problem by pulling out paper sales slips.

    People, after all, are not computers. When something goes wrong, we do not crash. Instead, we find another way: we improvise; we fix. We pull out the slips.


     

    Hamilton makes his own fortune

    Maurice Hamilton
    Sunday June 24, 2007

    Observer

    At this point 12 months ago, Fernando Alonso’s second world championship seemed a formality. The Spaniard had won six of the first nine races and finished second in the other three. Michael Schumacher, his closest rival, had won just two and lagged 25 points behind him. It was assumed Alonso would be able to cruise the remaining 11 races, more or less with his elbow sticking out of the metaphorical window. In the event, the German won five of the next seven and Alonso struggled to finish second twice. The title ran to the wire in October as Alonso finished first and second in the final rounds.

    The Spaniard will be hoping that history repeats itself, but with the roles reversed, as he licks his wounds following an embarrassing mauling by his young team-mate in North America. Victories for Lewis Hamilton in Canada and the USA have given the Englishman a 10-point lead in the championship as the teams return to Europe. A win for Alonso at Magny-Cours in France next weekend, coupled with a problematic race for Hamilton, could balance the books as the championship moves to Silverstone on 8 July, yet the reigning champion now knows enough to appreciate that Hamilton is not only a formidable opponent, but also one who seems to have beginner’s luck riding on his side.

    Hamilton may have been favoured by good fortune in Montreal when his first pit stop fell just before the safety-car period that wrecked Alonso’s already shaky chances of success, but there was nothing fortuitous about the manner in which Hamilton dealt with his fellow McLaren driver at Indianapolis last Sunday.

    It is clear that Hamilton has learned how to make his luck after the dice had failed to roll his way in Monaco on 27 May. By qualifying second, Hamilton found himself consigned to the supporting role as the team’s strategy followed an understandable logic that favoured Alonso’s leading car. Hamilton put that right in North America by taking two successive pole positions and dictating the pace. Alonso may have compounded his troubles by driving wildly in Montreal. However, last weekend, he did everything possible to redress the balance – and failed.

    The McLaren-Mercedes pair were in a class of their own at Indianapolis, Hamilton fending off Alonso during the dash to the first corner. When circumstances – fuel load and tyres – gave Alonso a marginally faster car in the middle phase of the race, he closed on Hamilton and even went so far as to tell the team that he was quicker and should be allowed to take the lead. McLaren’s response is not recorded, but is believed to have been along the lines of: ‘If you are faster, then you are free to try and take the lead’. At that moment, Alonso was probably the only person at the famous motor speedway who disapproved of McLaren’s thoroughly commendable policy of allowing their drivers to race each other (unlike at Ferrari, where the number-two drivers were prevailed upon not to challenge Schumacher).

    When Hamilton was held up slightly behind a back-marker as the leaders reached the very fast banked section leading on to the long main straight, Alonso saw his chance. This was a severe test for any driver, never mind a novice in only his seventh grand prix. As we have come to expect, Hamilton under pressure showed a coolness that belied his 22 years. There was not a hint of a desperate defensive move or a locked brake as they ran side by side at 200mph and braked for the 65mph first corner. Alonso, well and truly dispatched, allowed his emotion to surface briefly at the end of that lap as he ran close to the pit wall beneath the McLaren management. Such a public display of petulance can only have broadened Hamilton’s permanent smile.

    The young Briton is the only driver to have finished on the podium in every race. Given Ferrari’s disappointing failure to keep pace with McLaren, there is no reason why Hamilton cannot continue his run next weekend. Even if he fails to finish and Alonso wins, Hamilton knows he will at least be joint leader of the championship for his home race a week later. He will also know that should unsettle Alonso even more.

    Guardian Unlimited © Guardian News and Media Limited 2007

     

    Today’s Blogs

    The Bad Shepherds
    By Michael Weiss
    Posted Friday, June 22, 2007, at 5:58 P.M. E.T. 

    Bloggers speculate what’ll be disclosed in the release of the CIA’s “family jewels.” They also debate the merits of the Muslim niqab in British society, and whether eating garbage can be counted as anti-capitalist and eco-friendly.

    The bad shepherds: The CIA is declassifying tranches of documents that reveal the agency’s illegal activities from the 1950s to the 1970s. From coup attempts in the Third World to surveillance of anti-war and black militant groups, the shadowy intelligence apparatus has been up to no good since its inception. And how’s it doing these days?

    “I have rarely been surprised or horrified by what the CIA has done down through the years ‘in our name.’ ” Conservative Rick Moran at Right Wing Nuthouse writes. “The world is a cold, brutal place and there are many times when the ‘ends/means argument’ is not relevant. Nor is the criticism that there was ‘no moral difference’ between what the Soviets were doing and what the CIA did valid. Of course there was a difference; they were the enemy and what the CIA did most of the time to protect the United States was its own moral justification – survival.” Lefty Meteor Blades at Daily Kos doesn’t expect to be surprised this time, either: “[T]he CIA’s airing of its dirty laundry is what, in the Watergate days, was called a ‘modified limited hang-out’ of documents from a long while back, and there are unlikely to be any major new revelations. We’ll never know what got shredded or disposed of in burn bags. Still, the documents should add considerable detail to what was exposed by previous investigations.”

    Washington gossip rag Wonkette thinks the timing of the release is a wag-the-dog scheme, even if the mutt in this case is pretty mangy: “If any of those activities sound suspiciously like things the CIA is currently in trouble for, guess what: You’ve figured out why they’re releasing the details of 30-50-year-old crimes in 2007! Now, sadly, you must be destroyed.”

    North Carolina lawyer Andrew at The Green Automobile hits the same plus ca change note: “The good news is the CIA no longer kidnaps, wiretaps, breaks in or spies on people. Just ask Khalid al Masri and Senator Jay Rockefeller. Or former CIA director Porter Goss, for that matter. It makes me sick that these SOBs stash the smoking guns for 30+ years, and then, after the smoke clears, they have the nerve to say, ‘That was then, this is now.’ Over and over and over again, and the people of this country believe it and act like it’s ancient history.”

    Historian/journalist Mike Brooks at historymike thinks there might be a file on him in some of those dusty documents: “I remember paticipating in one protest in the late 1980s. … Men in suits with cameras took pictures of protesters and the license plates of vehicles in which they drove to the protest, and what was most interesting (and scary) was the fact that these nameless faces actually smirked when I asked them what they were doing.”

    At Nunc Scio, Graeme Stewart quips, “But what I really want to know is how they turned Matt Damon into a badass assassin. Or perhaps where I can get Franka Potente‘s phone number.”

    Read more about the CIA’s “family jewels.”

    Under cover of darkness: More Muslim women in Britain are donning face-covering veils, know as niqabs, to the chagrin of passers-by and everyone else whose face you can see. Some proponents say they’re routinely harassed and aggravated by strange looks. Other Brits say the niqab is anti-social.

    At The Muslim Woman, New Delhi native “Scorpio Teddy” supports those who opt for the garment: “Muslim women have been wearing burka or nikab for time immemorial. While few have been forced to wear it as a compulsion, some wear it as a ritual, while the rest for their self-pleasure. But, burqa is considered as a kind of subjugation and backwardness, but when religion permits, what can others do? And, more importantly, why?”

    One woman quoted in the story says, “Every day people are giving me dirty looks for wearing it, but when you wear something for Allah you get a boost.” But conservative Brit David Vance at A Tangled Web shoots back: “Quite, and if Ms Muse wants to continue to get ‘her boost’ for wearing the veil of Islam she should return to Somali where it may indeed be high fashion but Britain should NOT accept the mask of Islam as evidenced in the Burqa or Niqab.”

    At the river of bees college sophomore Alex McLeese thinks Muslim women in niqabs are no different than punks in mohawks: “Sure, it is a mark of separation in that it is Muslims who wear this kind of clothing, but people set themselves apart with their clothing choices all the time: it is mostly Goths who wear all black on a regular basis, mostly ‘urban’ youth who wear baggy clothes, mostly skateboarders who wear skater backpacks and skate shoes, mostly soccer fans who wear Arsenal or Liverpool jerseys, and so on. What’s the difference?”

    Read more about the Muslim veil in Britain.

    One man’s trash, another man’s dinner: Freegans eat food from the garbage and collect tossed-away housewares, all out of a desire to counter our wasteful consumerist culture and the bourgeois capitalist superstructure. Or something.

    Harrison Scott Key at evangelical World magazine’s WorldViews finds a common bond with freegans: “For you crusty homeschool types, meet the final frontier. Weirdo hippies and weirdo homeschoolers (I’m only one interesting month away from either category) may soon find themselves in the same dumpster.”

    Obsessed with all things inane, Mark Percival argues that freeganism suffers from a major ideological contradiction: “But you really have to wonder about the logic in this. To be truly ‘Freegan’ means that your essentially living off someone else refuse, and not a complete abstaining from consumer products. If everyone adhered to this principle then even the ‘Freegans’ would be totally screwed. I’d be much more impressed if they could just live on less, rather than ride the trash coat tails of modern society.”

    Read more about freegans.

    Michael Weiss, a writer in New York, is co-founder and managing editor of Snarksmith.com.

     

    Hilton schedules first Post-Jail Interviews

     
    Paris Hilton confirmed today that Larry King of CNN will be the first to interview the hotel heiress once she is released from the county jail in Lynwood.

    Hilton is to slated to appear on CNN’s “Larry King Live” at 6 p.m. on Wednesday.

    She is scheduled to be released from jail sometime Tuesday.

    “I am thrilled that Larry King has asked me to appear on his program to discuss my experience in jail, what I have learned, how I have grown and anything else he wants to talk about,” Hilton said in a statement released today. “LarryKing is not only a world-renown journalist, but a true American icon. It will be an honor to do his show.”

    A spokesperson for King said Hilton will be interviewed for the entire hour and that no issues will be off limits.

    Barbara Walters of ABC was reportedly going to interview Hilton first, then Meredith Vieira of NBC was said to have the first interview.

    But both networks came under attack from media ethicists who alleged their news divisions were evading longstanding bans on paying for interviews by offering to pay up to $1 million in licensing fees for the use of Hilton family photos.

    NBC reportedly won the bidding war, but then dropped plans to interview the heiress-turned-inmate amidst the criticism.

    There was no word on whether Hilton will be paid for the CNN interview.

    Kathy Hilton visited her daughter behind bars today, ABC7 reported. In brief comments to the media, she said her daughter is still complaining about the food.

    Meantime, temporary “no parking” signs have been set up in the “The Simple Life” star’s Hollywood Hills neighborhood to try and keep the media circus at bay when she returns home.

    In other Hilton news, Earl Ofari Hutchinson renewed his call for the heiress to use her celebrity status to help inmates with mental problems.

    “Paris Hilton says she will go on the Larry King Show and tell how the jail experience has changed her and that she wants to make a difference in people’s lives,” Hutchinson said in a statement released tonight. “The Los Angeles Urban Policy Roundtable continues to urge her to speak up and out on the King show for the needy, especially for those mentally challenged female inmates that routinely do not receive the quality medical care she did in the county jail.”

    He said her “advocacy for a social cause will send a positive message that she has truly changed and sincerely cares about the plight of the poor and underserved. The Los Angeles Urban Policy Roundtable will publicly stand with her in support if she chooses to make that change.”

    Hilton was sentenced to 45 days in jail for driving on a suspended license in violation of her probation in a drunken driving case.

    Sheriff Lee Baca was accused of giving the 26-year-old celebrity the star treatment when he tried to reassign her to home confinement after just three days in jail, citing an undisclosed medical condition.

    A judge ordered her back to jail the next day.

    Baca said Hilton actually received harsher punishment than most people convicted of the same offenses, and the Los Angeles Times recently reported that the wife of City Attorney Rocky Delgadillo, who sought the 45-day sentence, had also been cited while driving on a suspended license and received a fine and no jail time.

    Copyright © 2007, KTLA

     

    Today’s Papers

    Private Dick
    By Roger McShane
    Posted Sunday, June 24, 2007, at 6:04 A.M. E.T.

    The Washington Post leads with a looming teacher shortage, but devotes the majority of its front page to the first installment in a series examining Dick Cheney’s “largely hidden and little-understood role in crafting policies for the War on Terror, the economy and the environment.” The New York Times leads with a look at Cape Verde, the tiny West African nation that acts as a case study in global migration. The Los Angeles Times leads with a very long (nearly 6,000 words) report that will make you think twice before renting a U-Haul trailer. After a yearlong investigation, the Times found that “the company’s practices raise the risk of accidents on the road.”

    In 2001, shortly after Dick Cheney took the oath of office, Dan Quayle tried to explain to him that vice presidents don’t really do much. As Quayle recalls, Cheney smirked and explained that he had “a different understanding with the president.” Indeed, he did. The WP notes that from the start, Cheney has had an unprecedented mandate to play a role in whatever areas of the administration he chooses. In this report, the Post goes behind the scenes and explains how Cheney’s secretive maneuvering allowed him to guide the administration’s policies in the war on terror. Most striking is how potential dissenters are left out of the loop. For example, as Cheney’s small cadre of legal experts was drafting plans for a domestic surveillance program, they bypassed the ranking national security lawyer in the White House (as well as Congress).

    Online the WP publishes readers’ comments directly below the Cheney piece. Someone named Sheri Rogers asks a particularly pertinent question: “What do we have to do to get the press to do a better job of critical reporting when it’s happening instead of six-and-a-half years later?” (To its credit, the Post has broken or moved along a number of stories on the administration’s more secretive programs.)

    TP likes that the NYT has used its lead to look at migration from a global perspective, instead of simply focusing on America’s southern border. But the topic is so broad, even with regard to Cape Verde, that the piece becomes a bit unwieldy. We meet an H.I.V.-positive man who’s been kicked out of the United States, a boy studying to become a Dutch citizen, a woman who relies on her granddaughter’s remittances, a child whose mother and father have emigrated, a local man whose business is failing because so many people have left the country … TP could go on. Nevertheless, if you can keep up, it’s a great piece of journalism.

    Complete with multiple photo galleries and an impressive interactive graphic, the LAT lead will make sure you remember the words “trailer sway” before making your next move. In the most severe cases, trailer sway (when a trailer swings from side to side) can cause you to lose control of your car and flip (see the graphic).

    TP was somewhat skeptical of the LAT report when he read that since the government doesn’t keep track of such accidents “[i]t is unknown how many U-Haul customers have crashed because of trailer sway.” But the “statistical snapshots” provided by the company in litigation and cited by the Times are reassuring (from the perspective of a media critic … not so much as a driver). For example, in one lawsuit, “U-Haul listed 173 reported sway-related accidents from 1993 to 2003 involving a single trailer model.” In other cases, the company “has listed up to 650 reported sway-related wrecks from about 1990 to 2002 involving two-wheeled trailers called tow dollies.” U-Haul says people are packing the trailers incorrectly, driving too fast or doing something else wrong.

    The NYT plays catch-up with a front-page story on Iran’s “ferocious” crackdown on dissent. The LAT led with it two weeks ago, while the WP stuffed it last weekend. It seems the NYT has talked to the same Iran experts as the WP. The analysts describe the crackdown as either an “attempt to roll back the clock to the time of the 1979 revolution” (NYT) or an “attempt to steer the oil-rich theocracy back to the rigid strictures of the 1979 revolution” (WP). All in all, the NYT report doesn’t bring much new to the table.

    No matter which paper you read, the situation in Iran is pretty depressing. The government is harassing (and, in many cases, jailing) anyone who dares to challenge its policies. For a quick glimpse into the nightmare, check out the unbelievable photo that tops the NYT report (online at least). It shows a police officer forcing a man whose clothes were deemed un-Islamic—he’s wearing a T-shirt—to suck on a jug that Iranians use to wash themselves after defecating. (Such photos are distributed by the government to dissuade folks from dressing in ways it considers provocative.)

    The NYT fronts word that Gen. David Petraeus’ progress report on Iraq will have competition, as the administration is commissioning other assessments. But perhaps the Times has buried the lede. “The reality,” officials told the Times, “is that starting around April the military will simply run out of troops to maintain the current effort. By then, officials said, Mr. Bush would either have to withdraw roughly one brigade a month, or extend the tours of troops now in Iraq and shorten their time back home before redeployment.”

    Staying in the Middle East, Fatah has rebuffed an offer from Hamas to hold talks on re-forming the power-sharing government that was dissolved earlier this month amidst fresh violence.

    The WP says the United States will soon face a teaching shortage, “[a]s hundreds of thousands of baby boomers retire and the No Child Left Behind law raises standards for new teachers.” Hmm, TP has heard this one before. But the Post‘s report does seem to be based on empirical data. Three-quarters of public school teachers are women and one study shows that from 1964 to 2000 the share of female college graduates who became teachers dropped from 50 percent to 15 percent.

    The former presiding judge of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court yesterday criticized President Bush’s (or Dick Cheney’s) warrantless surveillance program.

    “The first comprehensive survey of 2008 battleground House seats shows Democrats holding a distinct edge,” reports the WP.

    Larry King will be the first to interview Paris Hilton after she gets out of the clink. But the most tempting headline of the day can be found elsewhere in the NYT: “Man Throws a Log at a Bear, Killing It.”

    TP’s Top Five List … The top five most secretive things about Dick Cheney from the WP lead:

    5. “In the usual business of interagency consultation, proposals and information flow into the vice president’s office from around the government, but high-ranking White House officials said in interviews that almost nothing flows out.”

    4. “Man-size Mosler safes, used elsewhere in government for classified secrets, store the workaday business of the office of the vice president.”

    3. “Even talking points for reporters are sometimes stamped ‘Treated As: Top Secret/SCI.’ “

    2. “Cheney declines to disclose the names or even the size of his staff, generally releases no public calendar and ordered the Secret Service to destroy his visitor logs.” (Three in one!)

    1. “His general counsel has asserted that ‘the vice presidency is a unique office that is neither a part of the executive branch nor a part of the legislative branch,’ and is therefore exempt from rules governing either.”

    Roger McShane writes for the Economist online.

     

    Today’s Papers

    Private Dick
    By Roger McShane
    Posted Sunday, June 24, 2007, at 6:04 A.M. E.T.

    The Washington Post leads with a looming teacher shortage, but devotes the majority of its front page to the first installment in a series examining Dick Cheney’s “largely hidden and little-understood role in crafting policies for the War on Terror, the economy and the environment.” The New York Times leads with a look at Cape Verde, the tiny West African nation that acts as a case study in global migration. The Los Angeles Times leads with a very long (nearly 6,000 words) report that will make you think twice before renting a U-Haul trailer. After a yearlong investigation, the Times found that “the company’s practices raise the risk of accidents on the road.”

    In 2001, shortly after Dick Cheney took the oath of office, Dan Quayle tried to explain to him that vice presidents don’t really do much. As Quayle recalls, Cheney smirked and explained that he had “a different understanding with the president.” Indeed, he did. The WP notes that from the start, Cheney has had an unprecedented mandate to play a role in whatever areas of the administration he chooses. In this report, the Post goes behind the scenes and explains how Cheney’s secretive maneuvering allowed him to guide the administration’s policies in the war on terror. Most striking is how potential dissenters are left out of the loop. For example, as Cheney’s small cadre of legal experts was drafting plans for a domestic surveillance program, they bypassed the ranking national security lawyer in the White House (as well as Congress).

    Online the WP publishes readers’ comments directly below the Cheney piece. Someone named Sheri Rogers asks a particularly pertinent question: “What do we have to do to get the press to do a better job of critical reporting when it’s happening instead of six-and-a-half years later?” (To its credit, the Post has broken or moved along a number of stories on the administration’s more secretive programs.)

    TP likes that the NYT has used its lead to look at migration from a global perspective, instead of simply focusing on America’s southern border. But the topic is so broad, even with regard to Cape Verde, that the piece becomes a bit unwieldy. We meet an H.I.V.-positive man who’s been kicked out of the United States, a boy studying to become a Dutch citizen, a woman who relies on her granddaughter’s remittances, a child whose mother and father have emigrated, a local man whose business is failing because so many people have left the country … TP could go on. Nevertheless, if you can keep up, it’s a great piece of journalism.

    Complete with multiple photo galleries and an impressive interactive graphic, the LAT lead will make sure you remember the words “trailer sway” before making your next move. In the most severe cases, trailer sway (when a trailer swings from side to side) can cause you to lose control of your car and flip (see the graphic).

    TP was somewhat skeptical of the LAT report when he read that since the government doesn’t keep track of such accidents “[i]t is unknown how many U-Haul customers have crashed because of trailer sway.” But the “statistical snapshots” provided by the company in litigation and cited by the Times are reassuring (from the perspective of a media critic … not so much as a driver). For example, in one lawsuit, “U-Haul listed 173 reported sway-related accidents from 1993 to 2003 involving a single trailer model.” In other cases, the company “has listed up to 650 reported sway-related wrecks from about 1990 to 2002 involving two-wheeled trailers called tow dollies.” U-Haul says people are packing the trailers incorrectly, driving too fast or doing something else wrong.

    The NYT plays catch-up with a front-page story on Iran’s “ferocious” crackdown on dissent. The LAT led with it two weeks ago, while the WP stuffed it last weekend. It seems the NYT has talked to the same Iran experts as the WP. The analysts describe the crackdown as either an “attempt to roll back the clock to the time of the 1979 revolution” (NYT) or an “attempt to steer the oil-rich theocracy back to the rigid strictures of the 1979 revolution” (WP). All in all, the NYT report doesn’t bring much new to the table.

    No matter which paper you read, the situation in Iran is pretty depressing. The government is harassing (and, in many cases, jailing) anyone who dares to challenge its policies. For a quick glimpse into the nightmare, check out the unbelievable photo that tops the NYT report (online at least). It shows a police officer forcing a man whose clothes were deemed un-Islamic—he’s wearing a T-shirt—to suck on a jug that Iranians use to wash themselves after defecating. (Such photos are distributed by the government to dissuade folks from dressing in ways it considers provocative.)

    The NYT fronts word that Gen. David Petraeus’ progress report on Iraq will have competition, as the administration is commissioning other assessments. But perhaps the Times has buried the lede. “The reality,” officials told the Times, “is that starting around April the military will simply run out of troops to maintain the current effort. By then, officials said, Mr. Bush would either have to withdraw roughly one brigade a month, or extend the tours of troops now in Iraq and shorten their time back home before redeployment.”

    Staying in the Middle East, Fatah has rebuffed an offer from Hamas to hold talks on re-forming the power-sharing government that was dissolved earlier this month amidst fresh violence.

    The WP says the United States will soon face a teaching shortage, “[a]s hundreds of thousands of baby boomers retire and the No Child Left Behind law raises standards for new teachers.” Hmm, TP has heard this one before. But the Post‘s report does seem to be based on empirical data. Three-quarters of public school teachers are women and one study shows that from 1964 to 2000 the share of female college graduates who became teachers dropped from 50 percent to 15 percent.

    The former presiding judge of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court yesterday criticized President Bush’s (or Dick Cheney’s) warrantless surveillance program.

    “The first comprehensive survey of 2008 battleground House seats shows Democrats holding a distinct edge,” reports the WP.

    Larry King will be the first to interview Paris Hilton after she gets out of the clink. But the most tempting headline of the day can be found elsewhere in the NYT: “Man Throws a Log at a Bear, Killing It.”

    TP’s Top Five List … The top five most secretive things about Dick Cheney from the WP lead:

    5. “In the usual business of interagency consultation, proposals and information flow into the vice president’s office from around the government, but high-ranking White House officials said in interviews that almost nothing flows out.”

    4. “Man-size Mosler safes, used elsewhere in government for classified secrets, store the workaday business of the office of the vice president.”

    3. “Even talking points for reporters are sometimes stamped ‘Treated As: Top Secret/SCI.’ “

    2. “Cheney declines to disclose the names or even the size of his staff, generally releases no public calendar and ordered the Secret Service to destroy his visitor logs.” (Three in one!)

    1. “His general counsel has asserted that ‘the vice presidency is a unique office that is neither a part of the executive branch nor a part of the legislative branch,’ and is therefore exempt from rules governing either.”

    Roger McShane writes for the Economist online.

     

    Friday, June 22, 2007

    Today’s Papers

    Cleaning Out Their Closet
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Friday, June 22, 2007, at 5:55 A.M. E.T.

    The New York Times leads with a look at how the Supreme Court continued with its pattern of awarding pro-business decisions yesterday when it made it more difficult for investors to sue companies and their officials for fraud. By an 8-1 vote, the court ruled that a plaintiff has to show “cogent and compelling” evidence that demonstrates there was intent to deceive investors. The Washington Post leads with word that next week the CIA will release a series of records that detail the agency’s assassination attempts, domestic spying, and other such highlights from the 1950s to the 1970s. Many have been trying to get their hands on the documents, which are known as the “family jewels,” for years. The Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox with the military’s announcement that 14 Americans were killed in Iraq in the two-day period ending Thursday, mostly by roadside bombs.

    USA Today leads with a new study that says the death rate in New Orleans was 47 percent higher last year than two years before Hurricane Katrina hit the city in 2005. Many believe this increase is at least partly because of a lack of proper health care for city residents and evacuees. The Los Angeles Times leads locally but off-leads a look at how many U.S. troops in Iraq are choosing to walk instead of using vehicles because of the constant threat of powerful bombs that can go through armor. Army Lt. Gen Raymond Odierno, the top U.S. ground commander in Iraq, released a memo last week encouraging troops to “get out and walk.”

    The recent string of pro-business decisions, which the LAT looked at yesterday, comes at a time when the Bush administration is trying to use its remaining months in office to water down business regulations and make it harder for people to sue companies. One of the main targets is the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which imposed new regulations after a series of accounting scandals. Many companies say it’s too expensive to comply with the law and contend that it’s leading some businesses to prefer foreign stock markets. Last year, Slate‘s Daniel Gross said that’s not really the reason why some are choosing to go abroad.

    CIA Director Michael Hayden said the documents will provide “a glimpse of a very different time and a very different agency” and emphasized that “most of it is unflattering, but it is CIA’s history.” The documents were first compiled in 1974 at the request of then-CIA Director James Schlesinger, who was concerned by accounts that the agency was involved in Watergate. Although most of what the documents contain is already known, the release will no doubt add detail to a period in the CIA’s history that many would rather forget.

    The WP, NYT, and LAT front new documents released by a House committee that show how, for the past four years, Vice President Dick Cheney’s office has refused to comply with an executive order that regulates how federal agencies handle classified information. There are also claims that Cheney’s office tried to abolish the National Archives’ Information Security Oversight Office after it tried to push for compliance. Although the vice president’s office fulfilled the oversight requirements in 2001 and 2002, it now believes that it shouldn’t be considered “an entity within the executive branch” because it also plays a legislative role. Although this fight is over a small amount of data, which is described as trivial, everyone notes it’s another example of Cheney’s efforts to envelop his office in secrecy.

    The WP fronts a look at the offensive U.S. troops in Iraq are carrying out south of Baghdad in an area known as Arab Jabour at the same time as another operation is going on in Diyala province. In the southern operation, U.S. troops are trying to prevent militants from leaving by bombing any possible escape routes. But the NYT says that many insurgents appear to have already escaped. In a separate story about the offensive in Diyala, the NYT reports that “for the first time since the assault began, Iraqi soldiers joined the operation in significant numbers.”

    The LAT fronts news that the Senate passed its energy bill yesterday, which included a measure that would increase the fuel efficiency requirement for cars, trucks, and SUVs to 35 miles per gallon from 25. The Post says that, if it becomes law, it would be the first major change to the fuel-efficiency law since 1975.

    The NYT fronts a look at how, after the 2004 elections, John Edwards created a nonprofit organization to fight poverty, raised money, and then used it for what looks like political purposes. Edwards used the money, which totaled $1.3 million in 2005, to keep political operatives on the payroll and to travel around the country to not only talk about poverty but also other national issues such as Iraq. Experts on nonprofit organizations say Edwards “pushed at the boundaries” of how much a tax-exempt organization can be used for specifically partisan political activities.

    The NYT fronts, and everyone mentions, a new study that shows firstborn children have a slightly higher IQ than their younger siblings. Researchers say the difference is not genetic but rather a result of the the way the children are treated by their parents.

    The NYT and LAT both take a look at the fight that’s breaking out between the television networks over who will get the privilege of conducting Paris Hilton’s first post-jail interview. The NYT talks to ABC News representatives, who say their $100,000 offer was no match to the “high six-figure deal” that NBC is willing to pay, although apparently no agreement has been reached yet. The LAT says NBC is considering handing out as much as $1 million. Of course, these aren’t payments for the interview directly but rather for “licensing” deals that are supposedly for the airing of personal material, such as photos and videos.

    Daniel Politi writes “Today’s Papers” for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

     

    Major General Smedley D. Butler, USMC [Retired]

    WAR IS A RACKET

    by Two-Time Congressional Medal of Honor Recipient:

    Major General Smedley D. Butler, USMC [Retired]

    Chapter One

    WAR IS A RACKET

    WAR is a racket. It always has been.

    It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.

    A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.

    In the World War [I] a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns no one knows.

    How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle?

    Out of war nations acquire additional territory, if they are victorious. They just take it. This newly acquired territory promptly is exploited by the few – the selfsame few who wrung dollars out of blood in the war. The general public shoulders the bill.

    And what is this bill?

    This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones. Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Depression and all its attendant miseries. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations.

    For a great many years, as a soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it. Now that I see the international war clouds gathering, as they are today, I must face it and speak out.

    Again they are choosing sides. France and Russia met and agreed to stand side by side. Italy and Austria hurried to make a similar agreement. Poland and Germany cast sheep’s eyes at each other, forgetting for the nonce [one unique occasion], their dispute over the Polish Corridor.

    The assassination of King Alexander of Jugoslavia [Yugoslavia] complicated matters. Jugoslavia and Hungary, long bitter enemies, were almost at each other’s throats. Italy was ready to jump in. But France was waiting. So was Czechoslovakia. All of them are looking ahead to war. Not the people – not those who fight and pay and die – only those who foment wars and remain safely at home to profit.

    There are 40,000,000 men under arms in the world today, and our statesmen and diplomats have the temerity to say that war is not in the making.

    Hell’s bells! Are these 40,000,000 men being trained to be dancers?

    Not in Italy, to be sure. Premier Mussolini knows what they are being trained for. He, at least, is frank enough to speak out. Only the other day, Il Duce in “International Conciliation,” the publication of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said:

    “And above all, Fascism, the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite apart from political considerations of the moment, believes neither in the possibility nor the utility of perpetual peace… War alone brings up to its highest tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the people who have the courage to meet it.”

    Undoubtedly Mussolini means exactly what he says. His well-trained army, his great fleet of planes, and even his navy are ready for war – anxious for it, apparently. His recent stand at the side of Hungary in the latter’s dispute with Jugoslavia showed that. And the hurried mobilization of his troops on the Austrian border after the assassination of Dollfuss showed it too. There are others in Europe too whose sabre rattling presages war, sooner or later.

    Herr Hitler, with his rearming Germany and his constant demands for more and more arms, is an equal if not greater menace to peace. France only recently increased the term of military service for its youth from a year to eighteen months.

    Yes, all over, nations are camping in their arms. The mad dogs of Europe are on the loose. In the Orient the maneuvering is more adroit. Back in 1904, when Russia and Japan fought, we kicked out our old friends the Russians and backed Japan. Then our very generous international bankers were financing Japan. Now the trend is to poison us against the Japanese. What does the “open door” policy to China mean to us? Our trade with China is about $90,000,000 a year. Or the Philippine Islands? We have spent about $600,000,000 in the Philippines in thirty-five years and we (our bankers and industrialists and speculators) have private investments there of less than $200,000,000.

    Then, to save that China trade of about $90,000,000, or to protect these private investments of less than $200,000,000 in the Philippines, we would be all stirred up to hate Japan and go to war – a war that might well cost us tens of billions of dollars, hundreds of thousands of lives of Americans, and many more hundreds of thousands of physically maimed and mentally unbalanced men.

    Of course, for this loss, there would be a compensating profit – fortunes would be made. Millions and billions of dollars would be piled up. By a few. Munitions makers. Bankers. Ship builders. Manufacturers. Meat packers. Speculators. They would fare well.

    Yes, they are getting ready for another war. Why shouldn’t they? It pays high dividends.

    But what does it profit the men who are killed? What does it profit their mothers and sisters, their wives and their sweethearts? What does it profit their children?

    What does it profit anyone except the very few to whom war means huge profits?

    Yes, and what does it profit the nation?

    Take our own case. Until 1898 we didn’t own a bit of territory outside the mainland of North America. At that time our national debt was a little more than $1,000,000,000. Then we became “internationally minded.” We forgot, or shunted aside, the advice of the Father of our country. We forgot George Washington’s warning about “entangling alliances.” We went to war. We acquired outside territory. At the end of the World War period, as a direct result of our fiddling in international affairs, our national debt had jumped to over $25,000,000,000. Our total favorable trade balance during the twenty-five-year period was about $24,000,000,000. Therefore, on a purely bookkeeping basis, we ran a little behind year for year, and that foreign trade might well have been ours without the wars.

    It would have been far cheaper (not to say safer) for the average American who pays the bills to stay out of foreign entanglements. For a very few this racket, like bootlegging and other underworld rackets, brings fancy profits, but the cost of operations is always transferred to the people – who do not profit.

    CHAPTER TWO

    WHO MAKES THE PROFITS?

    The World War, rather our brief participation in it, has cost the United States some $52,000,000,000. Figure it out. That means $400 to every American man, woman, and child. And we haven’t paid the debt yet. We are paying it, our children will pay it, and our children’s children probably still will be paying the cost of that war.

    The normal profits of a business concern in the United States are six, eight, ten, and sometimes twelve percent. But war-time profits – ah! that is another matter – twenty, sixty, one hundred, three hundred, and even eighteen hundred per cent – the sky is the limit. All that traffic will bear. Uncle Sam has the money. Let’s get it.

    Of course, it isn’t put that crudely in war time. It is dressed into speeches about patriotism, love of country, and “we must all put our shoulders to the wheel,” but the profits jump and leap and skyrocket – and are safely pocketed. Let’s just take a few examples:

    Take our friends the du Ponts, the powder people – didn’t one of them testify before a Senate committee recently that their powder won the war? Or saved the world for democracy? Or something? How did they do in the war? They were a patriotic corporation. Well, the average earnings of the du Ponts for the period 1910 to 1914 were $6,000,000 a year. It wasn’t much, but the du Ponts managed to get along on it. Now let’s look at their average yearly profit during the war years, 1914 to 1918. Fifty-eight million dollars a year profit we find! Nearly ten times that of normal times, and the profits of normal times were pretty good. An increase in profits of more than 950 per cent.

    Take one of our little steel companies that patriotically shunted aside the making of rails and girders and bridges to manufacture war materials. Well, their 1910-1914 yearly earnings averaged $6,000,000. Then came the war. And, like loyal citizens, Bethlehem Steel promptly turned to munitions making. Did their profits jump – or did they let Uncle Sam in for a bargain? Well, their 1914-1918 average was $49,000,000 a year!

    Or, let’s take United States Steel. The normal earnings during the five-year period prior to the war were $105,000,000 a year. Not bad. Then along came the war and up went the profits. The average yearly profit for the period 1914-1918 was $240,000,000. Not bad.

    There you have some of the steel and powder earnings. Let’s look at something else. A little copper, perhaps. That always does well in war times.

    Anaconda, for instance. Average yearly earnings during the pre-war years 1910-1914 of $10,000,000. During the war years 1914-1918 profits leaped to $34,000,000 per year.

    Or Utah Copper. Average of $5,000,000 per year during the 1910-1914 period. Jumped to an average of $21,000,000 yearly profits for the war period.

    Let’s group these five, with three smaller companies. The total yearly average profits of the pre-war period 1910-1914 were $137,480,000. Then along came the war. The average yearly profits for this group skyrocketed to $408,300,000.

    A little increase in profits of approximately 200 per cent.

    Does war pay? It paid them. But they aren’t the only ones. There are still others. Let’s take leather.

    For the three-year period before the war the total profits of Central Leather Company were $3,500,000. That was approximately $1,167,000 a year. Well, in 1916 Central Leather returned a profit of $15,000,000, a small increase of 1,100 per cent. That’s all. The General Chemical Company averaged a profit for the three years before the war of a little over $800,000 a year. Came the war, and the profits jumped to $12,000,000. a leap of 1,400 per cent.

    International Nickel Company – and you can’t have a war without nickel – showed an increase in profits from a mere average of $4,000,000 a year to $73,000,000 yearly. Not bad? An increase of more than 1,700 per cent.

    American Sugar Refining Company averaged $2,000,000 a year for the three years before the war. In 1916 a profit of $6,000,000 was recorded.

    Listen to Senate Document No. 259. The Sixty-Fifth Congress, reporting on corporate earnings and government revenues. Considering the profits of 122 meat packers, 153 cotton manufacturers, 299 garment makers, 49 steel plants, and 340 coal producers during the war. Profits under 25 per cent were exceptional. For instance the coal companies made between 100 per cent and 7,856 per cent on their capital stock during the war. The Chicago packers doubled and tripled their earnings.

    <P align=justify>And let us not forget the bankers who financed the great war. If anyone had the cream of the profits it was the bankers. Being partnerships rather than incorporated organizations, they do not have to report to stockholders. And their profits were as secret as they were immense. How the bankers made their millions and their billions I do not know, because those little secrets never become public – even before a Senate investigatory body.

    But here’s how some of the other patriotic industrialists and speculators chiseled their way into war profits.

    Take the shoe people. They like war. It brings business with abnormal profits. They made huge profits on sales abroad to our allies. Perhaps, like the munitions manufacturers and armament makers, they also sold to the enemy. For a dollar is a dollar whether it comes from Germany or from France. But they did well by Uncle Sam too. For instance, they sold Uncle Sam 35,000,000 pairs of hobnailed service shoes. There were 4,000,000 soldiers. Eight pairs, and more, to a soldier. My regiment during the war had only one pair to a soldier. Some of these shoes probably are still in existence. They were good shoes. But when the war was over Uncle Sam has a matter of 25,000,000 pairs left over. Bought – and paid for. Profits recorded and pocketed.

    There was still lots of leather left. So the leather people sold your Uncle Sam hundreds of thousands of McClellan saddles for the cavalry. But there wasn’t any American cavalry overseas! Somebody had to get rid of this leather, however. Somebody had to make a profit in it – so we had a lot of McClellan saddles. And we probably have those yet.

    Also somebody had a lot of mosquito netting. They sold your Uncle Sam 20,000,000 mosquito nets for the use of the soldiers overseas. I suppose the boys were expected to put it over them as they tried to sleep in muddy trenches – one hand scratching cooties on their backs and the other making passes at scurrying rats. Well, not one of these mosquito nets ever got to France!

    Anyhow, these thoughtful manufacturers wanted to make sure that no soldier would be without his mosquito net, so 40,000,000 additional yards of mosquito netting were sold to Uncle Sam.

    There were pretty good profits in mosquito netting in those days, even if there were no mosquitoes in France. I suppose, if the war had lasted just a little longer, the enterprising mosquito netting manufacturers would have sold your Uncle Sam a couple of consignments of mosquitoes to plant in France so that more mosquito netting would be in order.

    Airplane and engine manufacturers felt they, too, should get their just profits out of this war. Why not? Everybody else was getting theirs. So $1,000,000,000 – count them if you live long enough – was spent by Uncle Sam in building airplane engines that never left the ground! Not one plane, or motor, out of the billion dollars worth ordered, ever got into a battle in France. Just the same the manufacturers made their little profit of 30, 100, or perhaps 300 per cent.

    Undershirts for soldiers cost 14¢ [cents] to make and uncle Sam paid 30¢ to 40¢ each for them – a nice little profit for the undershirt manufacturer. And the stocking manufacturer and the uniform manufacturers and the cap manufacturers and the steel helmet manufacturers – all got theirs.

    Why, when the war was over some 4,000,000 sets of equipment – knapsacks and the things that go to fill them – crammed warehouses on this side. Now they are being scrapped because the regulations have changed the contents. But the manufacturers collected their wartime profits on them – and they will do it all over again the next time.

    There were lots of brilliant ideas for profit making during the war.

    One very versatile patriot sold Uncle Sam twelve dozen 48-inch wrenches. Oh, they were very nice wrenches. The only trouble was that there was only one nut ever made that was large enough for these wrenches. That is the one that holds the turbines at Niagara Falls. Well, after Uncle Sam had bought them and the manufacturer had pocketed the profit, the wrenches were put on freight cars and shunted all around the United States in an effort to find a use for them. When the Armistice was signed it was indeed a sad blow to the wrench manufacturer. He was just about to make some nuts to fit the wrenches. Then he planned to sell these, too, to your Uncle Sam.

    Still another had the brilliant idea that colonels shouldn’t ride in automobiles, nor should they even ride on horseback. One has probably seen a picture of Andy Jackson riding in a buckboard. Well, some 6,000 buckboards were sold to Uncle Sam for the use of colonels! Not one of them was used. But the buckboard manufacturer got his war profit.

    The shipbuilders felt they should come in on some of it, too. They built a lot of ships that made a lot of profit. More than $3,000,000,000 worth. Some of the ships were all right. But $635,000,000 worth of them were made of wood and wouldn’t float! The seams opened up – and they sank. We paid for them, though. And somebody pocketed the profits.

    It has been estimated by statisticians and economists and researchers that the war cost your Uncle Sam $52,000,000,000. Of this sum, $39,000,000,000 was expended in the actual war itself. This expenditure yielded $16,000,000,000 in profits. That is how the 21,000 billionaires and millionaires got that way. This $16,000,000,000 profits is not to be sneezed at. It is quite a tidy sum. And it went to a very few.

    The Senate (Nye) committee probe of the munitions industry and its wartime profits, despite its sensational disclosures, hardly has scratched the surface.

    Even so, it has had some effect. The State Department has been studying “for some time” methods of keeping out of war. The War Department suddenly decides it has a wonderful plan to spring. The Administration names a committee – with the War and Navy Departments ably represented under the chairmanship of a Wall Street speculator – to limit profits in war time. To what extent isn’t suggested. Hmmm. Possibly the profits of 300 and 600 and 1,600 per cent of those who turned blood into gold in the World War would be limited to some smaller figure.

    Apparently, however, the plan does not call for any limitation of losses – that is, the losses of those who fight the war. As far as I have been able to ascertain there is nothing in the scheme to limit a soldier to the loss of but one eye, or one arm, or to limit his wounds to one or two or three. Or to limit the loss of life.

    There is nothing in this scheme, apparently, that says not more than 12 per cent of a regiment shall be wounded in battle, or that not more than 7 per cent in a division shall be killed.

    Of course, the committee cannot be bothered with such trifling matters.

    CHAPTER THREE

    WHO PAYS THE BILLS?

    Who provides the profits – these nice little profits of 20, 100, 300, 1,500 and 1,800 per cent? We all pay them – in taxation. We paid the bankers their profits when we bought Liberty Bonds at $100.00 and sold them back at $84 or $86 to the bankers. These bankers collected $100 plus. It was a simple manipulation. The bankers control the security marts. It was easy for them to depress the price of these bonds. Then all of us – the people – got frightened and sold the bonds at $84 or $86. The bankers bought them. Then these same bankers stimulated a boom and government bonds went to par – and above. Then the bankers collected their profits.

    But the soldier pays the biggest part of the bill.

    If you don’t believe this, visit the American cemeteries on the battlefields abroad. Or visit any of the veteran’s hospitals in the United States. On a tour of the country, in the midst of which I am at the time of this writing, I have visited eighteen government hospitals for veterans. In them are a total of about 50,000 destroyed men – men who were the pick of the nation eighteen years ago. The very able chief surgeon at the government hospital; at Milwaukee, where there are 3,800 of the living dead, told me that mortality among veterans is three times as great as among those who stayed at home.

    Boys with a normal viewpoint were taken out of the fields and offices and factories and classrooms and put into the ranks. There they were remolded; they were made over; they were made to “about face”; to regard murder as the order of the day. They were put shoulder to shoulder and, through mass psychology, they were entirely changed. We used them for a couple of years and trained them to think nothing at all of killing or of being killed.

    Then, suddenly, we discharged them and told them to make another “about face” ! This time they had to do their own readjustment, sans [without] mass psychology, sans officers’ aid and advice and sans nation-wide propaganda. We didn’t need them any more. So we scattered them about without any “three-minute” or “Liberty Loan” speeches or parades. Many, too many, of these fine young boys are eventually destroyed, mentally, because they could not make that final “about face” alone.

    In the government hospital in Marion, Indiana, 1,800 of these boys are in pens! Five hundred of them in a barracks with steel bars and wires all around outside the buildings and on the porches. These already have been mentally destroyed. These boys don’t even look like human beings. Oh, the looks on their faces! Physically, they are in good shape; mentally, they are gone.

    There are thousands and thousands of these cases, and more and more are coming in all the time. The tremendous excitement of the war, the sudden cutting off of that excitement – the young boys couldn’t stand it.

    That’s a part of the bill. So much for the dead – they have paid their part of the war profits. So much for the mentally and physically wounded – they are paying now their share of the war profits. But the others paid, too – they paid with heartbreaks when they tore themselves away from their firesides and their families to don the uniform of Uncle Sam – on which a profit had been made. They paid another part in the training camps where they were regimented and drilled while others took their jobs and their places in the lives of their communities. The paid for it in the trenches where they shot and were shot; where they were hungry for days at a time; where they slept in the mud and the cold and in the rain – with the moans and shrieks of the dying for a horrible lullaby.

    But don’t forget – the soldier paid part of the dollars and cents bill too.

    Up to and including the Spanish-American War, we had a prize system, and soldiers and sailors fought for money. During the Civil War they were paid bonuses, in many instances, before they went into service. The government, or states, paid as high as $1,200 for an enlistment. In the Spanish-American War they gave prize money. When we captured any vessels, the soldiers all got their share – at least, they were supposed to. Then it was found that we could reduce the cost of wars by taking all the prize money and keeping it, but conscripting [drafting] the soldier anyway. Then soldiers couldn’t bargain for their labor, Everyone else could bargain, but the soldier couldn’t.

    Napoleon once said,

    “All men are enamored of decorations…they positively hunger for them.”

    So by developing the Napoleonic system – the medal business – the government learned it could get soldiers for less money, because the boys liked to be decorated. Until the Civil War there were no medals. Then the Congressional Medal of Honor was handed out. It made enlistments easier. After the Civil War no new medals were issued until the Spanish-American War.

    In the World War, we used propaganda to make the boys accept conscription. They were made to feel ashamed if they didn’t join the army.

    So vicious was this war propaganda that even God was brought into it. With few exceptions our clergymen joined in the clamor to kill, kill, kill. To kill the Germans. God is on our side…it is His will that the Germans be killed.

    And in Germany, the good pastors called upon the Germans to kill the allies…to please the same God. That was a part of the general propaganda, built up to make people war conscious and murder conscious.

    Beautiful ideals were painted for our boys who were sent out to die. This was the “war to end all wars.” This was the “war to make the world safe for democracy.” No one mentioned to them, as they marched away, that their going and their dying would mean huge war profits. No one told these American soldiers that they might be shot down by bullets made by their own brothers here. No one told them that the ships on which they were going to cross might be torpedoed by submarines built with United States patents. They were just told it was to be a “glorious adventure.”

    Thus, having stuffed patriotism down their throats, it was decided to make them help pay for the war, too. So, we gave them the large salary of $30 a month.

    All they had to do for this munificent sum was to leave their dear ones behind, give up their jobs, lie in swampy trenches, eat canned willy (when they could get it) and kill and kill and kill…and be killed.

    But wait!

    Half of that wage (just a little more than a riveter in a shipyard or a laborer in a munitions factory safe at home made in a day) was promptly taken from him to support his dependents, so that they would not become a charge upon his community. Then we made him pay what amounted to accident insurance – something the employer pays for in an enlightened state – and that cost him $6 a month. He had less than $9 a month left.

    Then, the most crowning insolence of all – he was virtually blackjacked into paying for his own ammunition, clothing, and food by being made to buy Liberty Bonds. Most soldiers got no money at all on pay days.

    We made them buy Liberty Bonds at $100 and then we bought them back – when they came back from the war and couldn’t find work – at $84 and $86. And the soldiers bought about $2,000,000,000 worth of these bonds!

    Yes, the soldier pays the greater part of the bill. His family pays too. They pay it in the same heart-break that he does. As he suffers, they suffer. At nights, as he lay in the trenches and watched shrapnel burst about him, they lay home in their beds and tossed sleeplessly – his father, his mother, his wife, his sisters, his brothers, his sons, and his daughters.

    When he returned home minus an eye, or minus a leg or with his mind broken, they suffered too – as much as and even sometimes more than he. Yes, and they, too, contributed their dollars to the profits of the munitions makers and bankers and shipbuilders and the manufacturers and the speculators made. They, too, bought Liberty Bonds and contributed to the profit of the bankers after the Armistice in the hocus-pocus of manipulated Liberty Bond prices.

    And even now the families of the wounded men and of the mentally broken and those who never were able to readjust themselves are still suffering and still paying.

    CHAPTER FOUR

    HOW TO SMASH THIS RACKET!

    WELL, it’s a racket, all right.

    A few profit – and the many pay. But there is a way to stop it. You can’t end it by disarmament conferences. You can’t eliminate it by peace parleys at Geneva. Well-meaning but impractical groups can’t wipe it out by resolutions. It can be smashed effectively only by taking the profit out of war.

    The only way to smash this racket is to conscript capital and industry and labor before the nations manhood can be conscripted. One month before the Government can conscript the young men of the nation – it must conscript capital and industry and labor. Let the officers and the directors and the high-powered executives of our armament factories and our munitions makers and our shipbuilders and our airplane builders and the manufacturers of all the other things that provide profit in war time as well as the bankers and the speculators, be conscripted – to get $30 a month, the same wage as the lads in the trenches get.

    Let the workers in these plants get the same wages – all the workers, all presidents, all executives, all directors, all managers, all bankers –

    yes, and all generals and all admirals and all officers and all politicians and all government office holders – everyone in the nation be restricted to a total monthly income not to exceed that paid to the soldier in the trenches!

    Let all these kings and tycoons and masters of business and all those workers in industry and all our senators and governors and majors pay half of their monthly $30 wage to their families and pay war risk insurance and buy Liberty Bonds.

    Why shouldn’t they?

    They aren’t running any risk of being killed or of having their bodies mangled or their minds shattered. They aren’t sleeping in muddy trenches. They aren’t hungry. The soldiers are!

    Give capital and industry and labor thirty days to think it over and you will find, by that time, there will be no war. That will smash the war racket – that and nothing else.

    Maybe I am a little too optimistic. Capital still has some say. So capital won’t permit the taking of the profit out of war until the people – those who do the suffering and still pay the price – make up their minds that those they elect to office shall do their bidding, and not that of the profiteers.

    Another step necessary in this fight to smash the war racket is the limited plebiscite to determine whether a war should be declared. A plebiscite not of all the voters but merely of those who would be called upon to do the fighting and dying. There wouldn’t be very much sense in having a 76-year-old president of a munitions factory or the flat-footed head of an international banking firm or the cross-eyed manager of a uniform manufacturing plant – all of whom see visions of tremendous profits in the event of war – voting on whether the nation should go to war or not. They never would be called upon to shoulder arms – to sleep in a trench and to be shot. Only those who would be called upon to risk their lives for their country should have the privilege of voting to determine whether the nation should go to war.

    There is ample precedent for restricting the voting to those affected. Many of our states have restrictions on those permitted to vote. In most, it is necessary to be able to read and write before you may vote. In some, you must own property. It would be a simple matter each year for the men coming of military age to register in their communities as they did in the draft during the World War and be examined physically. Those who could pass and who would therefore be called upon to bear arms in the event of war would be eligible to vote in a limited plebiscite. They should be the ones to have the power to decide – and not a Congress few of whose members are within the age limit and fewer still of whom are in physical condition to bear arms. Only those who must suffer should have the right to vote.

    A third step in this business of smashing the war racket is to make certain that our military forces are truly forces for defense only.

    At each session of Congress the question of further naval appropriations comes up. The swivel-chair admirals of Washington (and there are always a lot of them) are very adroit lobbyists. And they are smart. They don’t shout that “We need a lot of battleships to war on this nation or that nation.” Oh no. First of all, they let it be known that America is menaced by a great naval power. Almost any day, these admirals will tell you, the great fleet of this supposed enemy will strike suddenly and annihilate 125,000,000 people. Just like that. Then they begin to cry for a larger navy. For what? To fight the enemy? Oh my, no. Oh, no. For defense purposes only.

    Then, incidentally, they announce maneuvers in the Pacific. For defense. Uh, huh.

    The Pacific is a great big ocean. We have a tremendous coastline on the Pacific. Will the maneuvers be off the coast, two or three hundred miles? Oh, no. The maneuvers will be two thousand, yes, perhaps even thirty-five hundred miles, off the coast.

    The Japanese, a proud people, of course will be pleased beyond expression to see the united States fleet so close to Nippon’s shores. Even as pleased as would be the residents of California were they to dimly discern through the morning mist, the Japanese fleet playing at war games off Los Angeles.

    The ships of our navy, it can be seen, should be specifically limited, by law, to within 200 miles of our coastline. Had that been the law in 1898 the Maine would never have gone to Havana Harbor. She never would have been blown up. There would have been no war with Spain with its attendant loss of life. Two hundred miles is ample, in the opinion of experts, for defense purposes. Our nation cannot start an offensive war if its ships can’t go further than 200 miles from the coastline. Planes might be permitted to go as far as 500 miles from the coast for purposes of reconnaissance. And the army should never leave the territorial limits of our nation.

    To summarize: Three steps must be taken to smash the war racket.

    We must take the profit out of war.

    We must permit the youth of the land who would bear arms to decide whether or not there should be war.

    We must limit our military forces to home defense purposes.

    CHAPTER FIVE

    TO HELL WITH WAR!

    I am not a fool as to believe that war is a thing of the past. I know the people do not want war, but there is no use in saying we cannot be pushed into another war.

    Looking back, Woodrow Wilson was re-elected president in 1916 on a platform that he had “kept us out of war” and on the implied promise that he would “keep us out of war.” Yet, five months later he asked Congress to declare war on Germany.

    In that five-month interval the people had not been asked whether they had changed their minds. The 4,000,000 young men who put on uniforms and marched or sailed away were not asked whether they wanted to go forth to suffer and die.

    Then what caused our government to change its mind so suddenly?

    Money.

    An allied commission, it may be recalled, came over shortly before the war declaration and called on the President. The President summoned a group of advisers. The head of the commission spoke. Stripped of its diplomatic language, this is what he told the President and his group:

    “There is no use kidding ourselves any longer. The cause of the allies is lost. We now owe you (American bankers, American munitions makers, American manufacturers, American speculators, American exporters) five or six billion dollars.

    If we lose (and without the help of the United States we must lose) we, England, France and Italy, cannot pay back this money…and Germany won’t.

    So…”

    Had secrecy been outlawed as far as war negotiations were concerned, and had the press been invited to be present at that conference, or had radio been available to broadcast the proceedings, America never would have entered the World War. But this conference, like all war discussions, was shrouded in utmost secrecy. When our boys were sent off to war they were told it was a “war to make the world safe for democracy” and a “war to end all wars.”

    Well, eighteen years after, the world has less of democracy than it had then. Besides, what business is it of ours whether Russia or Germany or England or France or Italy or Austria live under democracies or monarchies? Whether they are Fascists or Communists? Our problem is to preserve our own democracy.

    And very little, if anything, has been accomplished to assure us that the World War was really the war to end all wars.

    Yes, we have had disarmament conferences and limitations of arms conferences. They don’t mean a thing. One has just failed; the results of another have been nullified. We send our professional soldiers and our sailors and our politicians and our diplomats to these conferences. And what happens?

    The professional soldiers and sailors don’t want to disarm. No admiral wants to be without a ship. No general wants to be without a command. Both mean men without jobs. They are not for disarmament. They cannot be for limitations of arms. And at all these conferences, lurking in the background but all-powerful, just the same, are the sinister agents of those who profit by war. They see to it that these conferences do not disarm or seriously limit armaments.

    The chief aim of any power at any of these conferences has not been to achieve disarmament to prevent war but rather to get more armament for itself and less for any potential foe.

    There is only one way to disarm with any semblance of practicability. That is for all nations to get together and scrap every ship, every gun, every rifle, every tank, every war plane. Even this, if it were possible, would not be enough.

    The next war, according to experts, will be fought not with battleships, not by artillery, not with rifles and not with machine guns. It will be fought with deadly chemicals and gases.

    Secretly each nation is studying and perfecting newer and ghastlier means of annihilating its foes wholesale. Yes, ships will continue to be built, for the shipbuilders must make their profits. And guns still will be manufactured and powder and rifles will be made, for the munitions makers must make their huge profits. And the soldiers, of course, must wear uniforms, for the manufacturer must make their war profits too.

    But victory or defeat will be determined by the skill and ingenuity of our scientists.

    If we put them to work making poison gas and more and more fiendish mechanical and explosive instruments of destruction, they will have no time for the constructive job of building greater prosperity for all peoples. By putting them to this useful job, we can all make more money out of peace than we can out of war – even the munitions makers.

    So…I say,

    TO HELL WITH WAR!

    It you enjoyed ‘War Is A Racket’ you should also read ‘THE WAR PRAYER’ by Mark

  • Personalities in Animals,male and female turkey, Today’s Paperss,

    A Second Victory for a Formula One Pioneer

    Lewis Hamilton is as surprised as anybody by his sensational start in Formula One.

    Hamilton, a 22-year-old Englishman, fought off challenges from his Mercedes McLaren teammate, Fernando Alonso, to win the United States Grand Prix in Indianapolis yesterday. It was the second consecutive victory for Hamilton, the first black driver in Formula One’s 61-year history.

    “Coming into the season, being realistic, I never expected anything like this, but I hoped to do well,” said Hamilton, a rookie. “I hoped maybe I’d get a podium at some point. This is just insane.”

    Hamilton, who won his first Formula One race a week earlier in the Canadian Grand Prix, has finished in the top three in all seven of his starts. Hamilton has a 10-point lead over Alonso at the top of the standings heading into the French Grand Prix in two weeks.

    The two finished 1-2 for the third time this season. But this time, the order was reversed from Malaysia in April and last month’s race at Monaco.

    Hamilton started from the pole for the second consecutive race, and Alonso tried hard to pass him right away. Hamilton managed to stay in front and was able to continue to fend off pressure from the hard-charging Alonso to the end of the 73-lap event on Indy’s 2.605-mile road circuit.

    Alonso almost wrested the lead from Hamilton as they began the 39th lap. He had been right behind Hamilton’s silver and red McLaren for several laps and pulled alongside on the main straightaway but was unable to complete the pass as they drove into the first turn.

    The outcome of the race remained in question until Alonso, a two-time world champion, locked up his brakes on the 47th lap and drove through the grass, allowing Hamilton to take a two-and-a-half-second lead. Hamilton finished one and a half seconds ahead of Alonso.

    “To follow that close is not easy,” Alonso said. “I did have my chance, but it was not possible. I could get close to him but not overtake. He made no mistakes.”

    Ferrari had won six of the previous seven Formula One races at Indy, five of them by Michael Schumacher, who is now retired.

    ANOTHER LE MANS WIN FOR AUDI Audi won the 24 Hours of Le Mans for the fourth consecutive year yesterday in Le Mans, France, overcoming a challenge by two Peugeot cars and a slippery track in the world’s most famous endurance race. Frank Biela and Marco Werner of Germany and Emanuele Pirro of Italy drove the diesel-powered Audi No. 1 to victory, taking the lead in the morning after Dindo Capello’s Audi No. 2 crashed out. Fifty-four cars started the 75th edition of Le Mans, and 25 failed to finish.

    “We had nine stressful hours with the Peugeot right behind us,” Pirro said. “But the more you suffer, the greater the pleasure.”

    Audi No. 1 completed 369 laps in 24 hours and was 10 laps ahead of Peugeot No. 8, which was driven by Sébastien Bourdais, Stéphane Sarrazin and Pedro Lamy.


     
    Monday June 18, 2007 
    Today’s Papers

    Side Effects
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Monday, June 18, 2007, at 6:10 A.M. E.T.

    The Los Angeles Times leads with a look at how the controversy over the fired U.S. attorneys has started to affect the Justice Department in federal courtrooms. In “a growing number of cases,” defense attorneys are bringing up the firings to question whether their clients may have been targeted for political reasons. The Washington Post leads with, the Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox, and the LAT fronts news that Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas swore in an emergency government yesterday. Abbas also outlawed the armed Hamas militias and declared that the parliament, which is controlled by Hamas, is powerless.

    The New York Times leads with a dispatch from Ethiopia’s Ogaden region, where many say they have suffered systematic abuses, including rape and torture, at the hands of government troops that are currently embroiled in a longstanding separatist war against rebels in the area. Ethiopia’s army gets lots of aid from the United States, particularly since the alliance between both countries grew stronger after they worked together to remove Islamic militants from power in Somalia. USA Today leads with word that the Homeland Security Department is trying to prevent Congress from passing a measure to delay a requirement that all U.S. citizens present a passport to re-enter the country by land or sea. Becauise of huge delays at passport offices, lawmakers don’t want the new rules to apply to all travelers until at least mid-2009. Homeland Security officials say any delays put the country at risk.

    Although Justice Department officials insist there is no basis to claim that the U.S. attorneys scandal brings questions about other cases, it still shows how the firings have had unexpected, and potentially long-term, consequences for prosecutors across the country. “It provides defendants an opportunity to make an argument that would not have been made two years ago,” a former U.S. attorney tells the LAT. As a result, U.S. attorney offices across the country are finding themselves in a position where they have to defend their integrity at a time when many have already been suffering from low morale because of the controversy.

    Hamas leaders called the new government illegal and deposed Prime Minister Ismail Haniyeh said the unity government is still in charge. With the creation of the new government, it is expected that aid will begin pouring into the West Bank. The LAT emphasizes that Abbas and his new government have promised that they won’t abandon Gaza, and emphasized that public employees will still get paid. The Fatah government also pledged to work with international aid organizations and Israel to ensure that Gaza residents won’t be left to languish without food or supplies. But signs that Gaza is being cut off were evident Sunday, as an Israeli company that supplies fuel stopped deliveries, saying that it was having trouble coordinating with Hamas officials.

    Everyone notes that northern Israel was hit by two rockets fired from Lebanon apparently by Palestinian militants. It was the first attack from Lebanon since August and could be seen as a reminder of how the area, which Niall Ferguson calls “Hezbollahstan” in today’s LAT, could play a role in the current crisis.

    The WP goes inside with a dispatch from the Gaza-Egypt border, which remains closed. Along with Israel, Egypt is the country that is most likely to be affected by the humanitarian crisis in Gaza that everyone says is coming. “In two days time, if there is no food or medicine in Gaza, all the Palestinian people will head to the border with Egypt,” a Palestinian Authority officer predicts.

    As Ethiopia builds up its image as an emerging economic power in Africa, the government is trying to avoid any claims of human rights abuses from getting to the outside world, says the NYT. In fact, three of the paper’s journalists were thrown in prison for five days. Meanwhile, some U.S. lawmakers are questioning whether the United States should stop giving aid to Ethiopia.

    The WP continues its series about veterans’ mental-health problems and fronts a look at the inadequate treatment that many Iraq and Afghanistan veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder receive at Walter Reed. Incredible as it may seem, the Army doesn’t have a specific PTSD center at Walter Reed and, in fact, soldiers who suffer from it “are mixed in with psych patients who have issues ranging from schizophrenia to marital strife.” The high number of cases means there’s a shortage of resources, so individual therapy sessions are rare. And this is not a question of not knowing how to treat PTSD, because, as the paper notes, one of the best programs in the country is actually at Walter Reed, but it’s not available to most patients because of a “bureaucratic divide.” Instead of expanding the great PTSD program, it was moved into much a much smaller space after the Post articles that detailed the poor outpatient care at Walter Reed were published earlier this year.

    The LAT fronts a picture of, and everyone else goes inside with, a bombing in Afghanistan that killed 35 people, mostly police recruits, in the deadliest attack since the Taliban was ousted in 2001. The Taliban claimed responsibility, and many see it as another sign of how militants in Afghanistan are adopting some of the same strategies as insurgents in Iraq.

    A new television ad for Trojan condoms, where pigs in a bar turn into hunky men after they buy condoms, won’t be shown on CBS and Fox, reports the NYT. Network reps aren’t talking but at least part of the reason why the ads were rejected seems to be that networks prefer condom ads to emphasize the prevention of diseases rather than pregnancy. “We always find it funny that you can use sex to sell jewelry and cars, but you can’t use sex to sell condoms,” said an executive from the company that makes LifeStyles condoms.

    Daniel Politi writes “Today’s Papers” for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

    Monday June 18, 2007,  Breeders Test DNA, Dogs Become Guinea Pigs

    Stuart Isett for The New York Times

    Wendy, right, is a “bully whippet,” while Fox is a regular whippet.

    June 12, 2007
    The DNA Age

    As Breeders Test DNA, Dogs Become Guinea Pigs

    FORT MOTT STATE PARK, N.J. — When mutant, muscle-bound puppies started showing up in litters of champion racing whippets, the breeders of the normally sleek dogs invited scientists to take DNA samples at race meets here and across the country. They hoped to find a genetic cause for the condition and a way to purge it from the breed.

    It worked. “Bully whippets,” as the heavyset dogs are known, turn out to have a genetic mutation that enhances muscle development. And breeders may not want to eliminate the “bully” gene after all. The scientists found that the same mutation that pumps up some whippets makes others among the fastest dogs on the track.

    With a DNA screening test on the way, “We’re going to keep the speed and lose the bullies,” Helena James, a whippet breeder in Vancouver, British Columbia, said.

    Free of most of the ethical concerns — and practical difficulties — associated with the practice of eugenics in humans, dog breeders are seizing on new genetic research to exert dominion over the canine gene pool. Companies with names like Vetgen and Healthgene have begun offering dozens of DNA tests to tailor the way dogs look, improve their health and, perhaps soon, enhance their athletic performance.

    But as dog breeders apply scientific precision to their age-old art, they find that the quest for genetic perfection comes with unforeseen consequences. And with DNA tests on their way for humans, the lessons of intervening in the nature of dogs may ultimately bear as much on us as on our best friends.

    “We’re on the verge of a real radical shift in the way we apply genetics in our society,” said Mark Neff, associate director of the veterinary genetics laboratory at the University of California, Davis. “It’s better to be first confronted with some of these issues when they concern our pets than when they concern us.”

    Some Labrador breeders are using DNA tests for coat color to guarantee exotic silver-coated retrievers. Mastiff breeders test for shaggy fur to avoid “fluffies,” the long-haired whelps occasionally born to short-haired parents.

    Next up, geneticists say, could be tests for big dogs, small dogs, curly-tailed dogs, dogs with the keenest senses of smell and dogs that cock their heads endearingly when they look at you.

    Scientists who recently completed the first map of a dog genome (of a boxer named Tasha) are now soliciting samples from dog owners across the world to uncover the genetic basis for a slew of other traits.

    Some discoveries grow out of government-financed research aimed at improving human health. Others are paid for by breed clubs carrying out their mission to better their breeds. By screening their dogs’ DNA for desirable and undesirable traits that might appear in their offspring, breeders can make more informed decisions about which dogs to — or not to — mate.

    But because genes are often tied to multiple traits, scientists warn, deliberate selection of certain ones can backfire. The gene responsible for those silver-coated Labradors, for example, is tied to skin problems.

    With the genetic curtain lifted, breeders also take on a heavier burden for the consequences of their choices. Whippet breeders who continue to mate fast dogs with one another, for instance, now do so knowing they may have to destroy the unwelcome bullies such pairings often produce.

    Moreover, the prospect of races being won by dogs intentionally bred to have a genetic advantage may bring new attention to the way that genes contribute to canine — and human — achievement, even when the genetic deck is not stacked. Inborn abilities once attributed to something rather mystical seem to lose a certain standing when connected to specific genes.

    A mutation similar to the one that makes some whippets faster also exists in humans: a sliver of genetic code that regulates muscle development, is missing.

    “It would be extremely interesting to do tests on the track finalists at the Olympics,” said Elaine Ostrander, the scientist at the National Institutes of Health who discovered that the fastest whippets had a single defective copy of the myostatin gene, while “bullies” had two.

    “But we wouldn’t know what to do with the information,” Ms. Ostrander said. “Are we going to segregate the athletes who have the mutation to run separately?” For the moment, it is whippet owners who find themselves on the edge of that particular bioethical frontier.

    It was not exactly news to breeders that speed is an inherited trait: whippets were developed in the late 1800s specifically for racing. But knowing that one of her dogs was sired by a carrier of the gene, said Jen Jensen, a whippet owner in Fair Oaks, Calif., makes its championships seem “less earned.” Ms. Jensen’s suggestion that a DNA test be required for all dogs and that the fastest ones without the mutation be judged and raced separately, however, has not gone over well.

    At a recent race here in southern New Jersey, some whippet owners wanted the mutation eliminated altogether, even if that meant fewer fast dogs. But as the dogs pounded after a lure at 35 miles per hour, several owners allowed that they would prefer a whippet with the gene for speed.

    “It’s more fun having fast dogs than slow dogs,” said Libby Kirchner, of Glassboro, N.J.

    The headaches are enough to make some breeders long for the time when decisions about breeding were dominated by intuition and pedigree charts. Selecting a mate, they say, was meant to involve mystery — in any species.

    “It makes it so there’s no creative expression,” said Cheryl Shomo, of Chesapeake, Va. “Now everyone’s just going to do the obvious thing.”

    Even so, many veteran breeders welcome the transparency the tests confer. Because while like tends to beget like, it doesn’t always work that way.

    Mary-Jo Winters, a poodle breeder, uses a DNA coat-color test to ensure there are no genes for brown fur lurking beneath her black-and-cream-colored dogs.

    “I don’t want brown,” said Ms. Winters. “It’s not my thing.”

    Judy Pritchard, a Doberman breeder in Toledo, Wash., screens dogs she is considering breeding for a gene responsible for von Willibrand disease, a bleeding disease like hemophilia that also affects humans.

    DNA tests, Ms. Pritchard said, “are the greatest tools that have been offered to dog breeders since the beginning of dogs. You need to use them to improve the breed.”

    Many breeders hope this new effort to corral nature will weed out the numerous recessive diseases that plague purebred dogs after generations of human-imposed inbreeding. But some question the wisdom of escalating intervention. Mark Derr, an author who has written about the history of dog breeding, urges everyone to reconsider the goal of genetic purity.

    “I always use dogs as the example of why we don’t want to be mucking around with our own genome,” Mr. Derr said. “These people are trying to use DNA tests to solve problems of their own making.”

    Still, some proponents of using the DNA palette are proposing to go even further. Dr. Neff, the University of California researcher, has proposed screening successive generations of dogs with DNA tests and breeding only those with genes for traits like stamina and scent detection to create a new breed of dogs to patrol subways and airports. , It could be done within a few years, he said, instead of the centuries it took shepherds to breed the sheepdogs that patrol their flocks.

    Even those who want to exert more direct control over dog DNA, however, agree that no genetic test can predict the intangible qualities that make a dog great.

    If a dog does not have the spirit to run a race, it is not going to win, said Betsy Browder, a whippet owner in College Station, Tex.

    “ ‘Keenness’ is what we call it,” she said. “Just like you can have a human athlete who’s really lazy, and all the genes in the world aren’t going to help.”


     
    Saturday June 16, 2007 –
    how to tell male and female turkeys apart
    November 20, 2000

    Patents; Researchers figure out to how to tell male and female turkeys apart (it’s harder than you think).

    WHEN the nation celebrates Thanksgiving later this week, 92 percent of Americans will sit down to a meal featuring turkey. The National Turkey Federation (the trade group that presents the president with a turkey every year) says 45 million turkeys are eaten on Thanksgiving — meals that make up part of the 18 pounds of turkey eaten annually by the average American.

    It wasn’t always so. In 1974, Americans ate slightly less than nine pounds of turkey a year. The amount increased as people discovered the nutritional benefits of turkey, and as the meat became available in foods like ground turkey, turkey burgers, and turkey sausage.

    Genetic engineering and feed and processing technologies enabled breeders to shorten the time required for birds to reach maturity while ensuring that meatier birds came to market. Last year a team of researchers won a patent for Merck for a new breed of turkey that would make it easier for breeders to separate male and female birds. The patent says it covers ”DNA molecules which regulate the expression of color in the down in the new breed of turkey.”

    As is often the case with patents, the background of the invention provides an interesting snapshot of an industry’s history and practices — in this case, turkey breeders and their customers. Commercial breeders (more than 6,000 farms counted themselves as such in the 1997 Census of Agriculture) segregate newly hatched turkeys by gender. Females, called hens when they mature, are destined to be sold as whole birds (at an average of 15 pounds), while the males, called toms later on, are fated to become cutlets, deli meats and processed products like turkey dogs and sausages (they weigh an average of 30 pounds).

    Until the 1960′s, turkeys were born with colored feathers, and breeders could tell males and females apart by hue. But in the early 1960′s, turkey processors, retail merchants and consumers made it clear they didn’t like the little black pigment spots left on the skin of turkeys after dark feathers were plucked. So the breeders switched to a turkey with a ”white gene” that produced birds with white feathers only.

    Suddenly, determining the sex of a newly hatched turkey became a job for experts. Someone had to examine each baby turkey and decide where to send it — hen house or tom barn.

    In their patent, the Merck inventors say this method was acceptable but cumbersome — inspectors must turn over each hatchling, manipulate its legs, put pressure on its body, and palpitate it to decide its sex. The birds can be injured, mistakes can be made, and disease can be spread, they say. And it takes a lot of time.

    ”It would be advantageous to determine the gender of turkey without having to examine the genital region in the aforementioned manner,” they write.

    Thus inspired, the inventors patented what they call ”a new breed of turkey, designated as Gender-specific Fading Down.” The patented bird carries a genetic mutation designed to suppress the ”white gene” in baby turkeys and then allow it to emerge in adult birds.

    Hatchlings are thus born with colored down — males have black down and females have brown down. Breeders can segregate them by sight alone. But as the turkeys grow, the genetic mutation fades. White feathers slowly replace the brown or black down. By the time the turkeys are mature, their feathers are all white.

    Steven Lerner, from Lewisburg, W.Va., and V. Hugh Arnold, D.S. Carol Harvey and John Francis, who all live in Britain, received patent 5,959,172.

    Holiday Cheer For Other Friends

    The day after Thanksgiving kicks off the holiday shopping season, a time when most people will buy at least a few greeting cards to send to their friends, families, co-workers — or pets.

    What does a pet do with a Christmas card? Stephen Hoy understands that most cats and dogs ”do not appreciate the significance of a typical greeting card and do not get any enjoyment out of receiving such a card,” as he writes in a patent he won this year. But that, Mr. Hoy said, doesn’t change the fact that ”many pet owners give greeting cards to their pets or send greeting cards from themselves or their pets to the pets of relatives and close friends.”

    He solves the problem of pet indifference by creating an edible greeting card. Mr. Hoy, who lives in Roseville, Mich., says his card is ”suitable for ingestion by a pet such as a horse, dog, cat, rabbit or bird.” His card is made of panels bearing greetings or messages (”sufficiently large so as to be perceived by the average human”). The panels would be made of compressed grains, or rawhide. The messages could be applied with silk screening, embossing or laser imprinting, using edible inks, gum paste or food decorations.

    The card may have one panel so that it resembles a postcard with greetings on one or both sides. Or it may be fashioned from two panels joined together along one edge by rawhide laces, an edible adhesive like molasses or corn syrup, or edible hinges. Cards of varying thickness would be designed for different animals — up to a quarter-inch for cats and half an inch for dogs, while ”greeting cards directed to horses are preferably constructed of panels having thicknesses of one inch and above,” Mr. Hoy writes. He received patent 6,063,412.

    Greetings That Go Beyond the Visual

    Greeting cards already play music when opened; next, they will release an occasion-appropriate scent. Donald Spector, who lives in Union City, N.J., has patented a greeting card that emits an aroma.

    The card comes with a small port on its rear panel. The port is covered with a sticker; inside is a small, vented bag containing plastic beads that have been infused with a fragrance. The aroma escapes from the bag through the vent.

    A person who gets one of Mr. Spector’s cards would open it, read the greeting and then peel off the sticker covering the port to release the scent of roses on Valentine’s Day, chocolate cake on a birthday, or gingerbread, eggnog, or pine boughs at Christmas. Mr. Spector received patent 6,024,386.

     
    Saturday June 16, 2007 
    Personalities in Animals
    Photomontage by Erwin Olaf
    Photomontage by Erwin Olaf
    January 22, 2006

    The Animal Self

    A big-city aquarium after closing hours is an eerie, spectral place. With the lights turned down in the empty viewing galleries, the luminous dioramas of the different fish fairly swell against your senses, rendering you the viewed and startled captive, adrift in your own natural medium, in a literal suspension of disbelief. “Help yourself,” Sal Munoz, a night-shift biologist at the Seattle Aquarium, told me one night this past fall, pointing to the huge 12-foot-high glass tank in which the subject of my specially arranged private encounter that evening resided: a 70-pound giant Pacific octopus named Achilles.

    I was first introduced to Achilles earlier that day by Roland Anderson, another scientist at the aquarium, and I was still having trouble with Anderson’s description of him as “a young, pretty male.” There are, as fellow life forms go, few as deeply alien – in both substance and appearance – as the giant Pacific octopus. “G.P.O.” adults can weigh more than 100 pounds, and yet all of their throbbing, multi-tentacled mass can pass like water through a drain pipe no bigger in circumference than an apple, just wide enough to accommodate the octopus’s cartilaginous beak, its only solid body part. These creatures look, at rest, like cracked leather discards from a handbag factory; in motion, like wind-swept hot-air balloons in severe deflation distress, with no one at home in the balloon’s gondola but for a pair of unsettlingly knowing black eyes.

    It was those eyes more than anything that I had asked Anderson for special permission to come back and stare into on my own. Just me and Achilles. With no one else around to make me self-conscious for engaging in a protracted stare-down with an octopus. For reading impossible complexities into his muffled side of the conversation. For tapping my fingers on the glass in hopes of getting Achilles riled. For behaving, in short, in a way that even I, an inveterate lingerer before zoo enclosures and fish tanks, would have considered preposterous had I not heard Anderson’s real-life octopus stories earlier that day.

    Anderson told me that he and his staff started naming the G.P.O.’s at the Seattle Aquarium 20 years ago. Not out of cutesy sentimentality. Anderson, a longtime marine biologist and the son of a sea captain, is not given to that sort of thing. It was, he said, because they couldn’t help noticing the animals’ distinct personalities. G.P.O.’s live about three or four years, and the aquarium typically keeps three on the premises – two on display and one backup or understudy octopus – so there have been a good number of G.P.O.’s at the aquarium over the past two decades. Still, Anderson had little trouble recalling them: Emily Dickinson, for example, a particularly shy, retiring female G.P.O. who always hid behind the tank’s rock outcroppings, or Leisure Suit Larry, who, Anderson told me, would have been arrested in our world for sexual assault, with his arms always crawling all over passing researchers. And then there was Lucretia McEvil. She repeatedly tore her tank apart at night, scraping up all the rocks at the base, pulling up the water filter, biting through nylon cables, all the parts left floating on the surface when Anderson arrived in the morning.

    One particularly temperamental G.P.O. so disliked having his tank cleaned, he would keep grabbing the cleaning tools, trying to pull them into the tank, his skin going a bright red. Another took to regularly soaking one of the aquarium’s female night biologists with the water funnel octopuses normally use to propel themselves, because he didn’t like it when she shined her flashlight into his tank. Yet another G.P.O. of the Leisure Suit Larry mold once tried to pull into his tank a BBC videographer who got her hand a bit too close, wrapping his tentacles up and down her arm as fast as she could unravel them. When she finally broke free, the octopus turned a bright red and doused her with repeated jets of water.

    Just across from Achilles that night was another G.P.O. named Mikala, their two tanks connected by an overhead, see-through passageway, the doors to which were closed. Mikala was a recent replacement for Helen, who had just been released back into the sea after a failed attempt by the scientists to mate her with Achilles. Anderson told me that they had left Achilles and Helen together in the same tank for a week, but, he said, “there wasn’t any chemistry.” In the coming months, they would be trying the same routine with Mikala, to see if anything clicked.

    At one point I decided to absent myself from Achilles’ stare and walk around to the far side of his tank to look at Mikala in hers. Standing in the narrow space beneath the overhead passageway, I found her sound asleep, mushed between her tank’s outer glass and some craggy rocks. I thought about tapping the glass to see if I could stir her, but decided to leave her be. When I turned around, Achilles was right there behind me, bobbing against the glass, bright red, his black eyes opened wide.

    “How do we even define what an emotion is in an animal?” I recalled Roland Anderson asking earlier that day. “And why do they even have these different temperaments?”

    It was back in 1991 that Anderson and Jennifer Mather, a psychologist from the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada, first decided to undertake a joint personality study of 44 smaller red octopuses at the aquarium as a way to begin to codify and systematize what they thought they had been observing. Using three categorizations from a standard human-personality-assessment test – shy, aggressive and passive – their data would ultimately show that the animals did consistently clump together under these different categories in response to various stimuli, like touching them with a bristly test-tube brush or dropping a crab into the tank.

    “The aggressive ones would pounce on the crab,” Anderson told me. “The passive ones would wait for the crab to come past and then grab it. The shy animal would wait till overnight when no one was looking, and we’d find this little pile of crab shell in the morning.”

    Anderson and Mather’s resulting 1993 paper in the Journal of Comparative Psychology, entitled “Personalities of Octopuses,” was not only the first-ever documentation of personality in invertebrates. It was the first time in anyone’s memory that the term “personality” had been applied to a nonhuman in a major psychology journal.

    Scientists are not typically disposed to wielding a word like “personality” when talking about animals. Doing so borders on the scientific heresy of anthropomorphism. And yet for a growing number of researchers from a broad range of disciplines – psychology, evolutionary biology and ecology, animal behavior and welfare – it is becoming increasingly difficult to avoid that term when trying to describe the variety of behaviors that they are now observing in an equally broad and expanding array of creatures, everything from nonhuman primates to hyenas and numerous species of birds to water striders and stickleback fish and, of course, giant Pacific octopuses.

    In fact, in the years since Anderson and Mather’s original paper, a whole new field of research has emerged known simply as “animal personality.” Through close and repeated observations of different species in a variety of group settings and circumstances, scientists are finding that our own behavioral traits exist in varying degrees and dimensions among creatures across all the branches of life’s tree. Observing our fellow humans, we all recognize the daredevil versus the more cautious, risk-averse type; the aggressive bully as opposed to the meek victim; the sensitive, reactive individual versus the more straight-ahead, proactive sort, fairly oblivious to the various subtle signals of his surroundings. We wouldn’t have expected to meet all of them, however, in everything from farm animals and birds to fish and insects and spiders. But more and more now, we are recognizing ourselves and our ways to be recapitulations of the rest of biology. And as scientists track these phenomena, they are also beginning to unravel such core mysteries as the bioevolutionary underpinnings of personality, both animal and human; the dynamic interplay between genes and environment in the expression of various personality traits; and why it is that nature invented such a thing as personality in the first place.

    Animal personality studies are only the most recent manifestation of the inroads that science is now making into what has long been uncharted terrain: the very inscrutability of our fellow creatures that has, from the dawn of human consciousness, both begotten and bound us to our wildest imaginings about them. All sorts of research has been done in recent years revealing various aspects of animal complexity: African gray parrots that can not only count but can also grasp the concept of zero; self-recognition, empathy and the cultural transference of tool use in both chimps and dolphins; individual face-recognition among sheep; courtship songs in mice; laughter in rats. This is no longer merely the stuff of anthropomorphism or isolated anecdote. As Jaak Panksepp, the neuroscientist who first discovered rat laughter, has pointed out: “Every drug used to treat emotional and psychiatric disorders in humans was first developed and found effective in animals. This kind of research would obviously have no value if animals were incapable of experiencing these emotional states.”

    Now, with the emergence of animal-personality studies, we are gaining an even fuller appreciation not only of the distinctiveness of birds and beasts and their behaviors but also of their deep resemblances to us and our own. Somehow, through the very creatures we have long piggybacked upon to tell stories about ourselves, we are beginning to get at the essence of that one aspect of the self we have long thought to be exclusively and quintessentially ours: the individual personality. The octopuses’ garden is proving to be quite deeply and variously shaded indeed.


    Appropriately enough for a newly emerging psychological science, the world’s first Animal Personality Institute, or A.P.I., is still more of a proposition than a physical place. Indeed, outside of a newly established Web site with a flashy bright blue logo, A.P.I.’s only visitable locale can be found on the third floor of the psychology-department building at the University of Texas in Austin, in the small, book-crammed office of A.P.I.’s founder, Sam Gosling, a London-born, 37-year-old professor of psychology. “This here is my collection of animal-personality literature,” Gosling told me one afternoon in October, pointing to a long row of thick blue binders along the top shelf of his office’s bookcase, including animal studies from fields as diverse as agricultural science, anthropology, psychology, veterinary medicine and zoology. “We’re trying to scan them all and make them available, because part of. . . I mean.. . .”

    A tall, gaunt figure whose flowing locks, untucked striped shirt, slightly flared bell bottoms and ankle-high leather boots give him the appearance of a 60′s-era British rock star, Gosling is given to switching gears midsentence, his active mind going in a number of directions at once. “Part of what we’re trying to do here,” he continued, “is create a field.”

    Gosling, who often refers to himself as “a bit of a fraud,” being what he calls “a personality expert who knows very little about actual animals,” was a young graduate student in psychology at the University of California, Berkeley, when he first came upon Anderson and Mather’s paper on octopus personality. It was not at all an area of research he expected to be poking his nose into, having originally attended Berkeley to pursue a degree in human personality. But in the course of one of his first seminars, he suddenly found his thoughts going in an unlikely direction, what he now refers to as his “reductio ad absurdum moment.”

    “It was a basic seminar in human personality,” he recalled. “We were considering the question of what is personality. And I thought, O.K., let’s try to push it to its limit. To find out what personality is, let’s start by taking what’s clearly outside that category and discover what’s different about that. Let’s take animals. They obviously don’t have personality. So then I thought, O.K., if animals don’t have it, then what is it that makes them not have it, and I couldn’t come up with an answer.”

    A standard answer, of course, is that animals do not, as far as we know, reflect upon and argue with their experiences, emotions and behaviors in the way that we humans do. They do not possess, in other words, that dynamic, self-reflective, internal dialogue the very outcome of which is, many scientists say, our personality. Of course, whether or not self-knowledge is truly a defining characteristic of personality is a question scientists disagree on, as they do about much else in the field. Indeed, the whole notion of personality is one that we only began trying to measure and codify in the past century. Personality theory started showing up in the writings of Ivan Pavlov and Sigmund Freud as a somewhat vague, broadly drawn concept. It has only been in the last 60 years or so that the modern science of human personality began to emerge, a system of assessing distinct personality traits that has its roots in World War II, when the U.S. government assigned to the Office of Strategic Services (the forerunner of today’s C.I.A.) the task of identifying which individuals had the right traits to be spies. A number of different personality-mapping methods and traits-assessment tests have been developed over the years, all of them pivoting around the principle that certain traits can be consistently observed in individuals across time and different situations. The most widely applied test today uses the categories defined by what is known as the Five-Factor Model (F.F.M.): openness, conscientiousness, extroversion, agreeableness and neuroticism. Under each of these broad dimension headings are so-called clusters of recognizable traits: an extroverted person, for example, is more sociable, outgoing and assertive; a neurotic one, more anxious, moody and stressed.

    Gosling, however, was intent on exploring personality at its most rudimentary level – below the radar, if you will, of human consciousness. Applying some of the very same personality assessments that we use on humans, he wondered whether we could observe in animals essential traits like fearfulness, aggressiveness, affability or calmness, traits that can exist outside of cognition and yet are clearly and repeatedly apparent in varying measures in different individual animals within a given species.

    Does one duck, in other words, behave consistently differently from another duck, over time and across situations? If so, why doesn’t that meet the definition of personality as we apply it to ourselves, regardless of the presence or absence of self-awareness? In a sense, Gosling was posing a psychologist’s rendition of that old philosophical query about whether the tree that falls in the forest, miles from anyone’s ears, still makes a sound. That is, if an animal behaves in distinctly consistent ways but isn’t fully cognizant of such behaviors, can the behaviors still be aspects and indications of its personality?


    One way Gosling set about answering that question was to focus on a colony of 34 hyenas being kept on the Berkeley campus by Steve Glickman, a professor of psychology. With Glickman’s blessing, Gosling asked four caretakers of the colony to independently fill out questionnaires about each animal, using a modified version of the F.F.M. test. He soon found that the caretakers’ assessments had the same level of agreement, or “convergence,” as is found in assessments done on humans, with such distinct human dimensions as “excitability,” “sociability,” “curiosity” and “assertiveness” being repeatedly observed.

    Gosling then reviewed 19 different previous behavioral studies of nonhuman species through the same F.F.M. framework and found a similar recurrence of those dimensions across a surprisingly broad spectrum of species. Among the traits remarked upon were such things as “opportunistic, self-serving” behavior in certain vervet monkeys; “emotionality” in rats; “fear avoidance” in some guppies and “extroversion” in others; and, in Anderson and Mather’s 1993 paper, both “boldness” and “avoidance” in octopuses.

    “The evolutionary continuity between humans and other animals suggests that some dimensions of personality may be common across a wide range of species,” Gosling wrote in the resulting paper he published in 1999 in the journal Current Directions in Psychological Science. “Scientists have been reluctant to ascribe personality traits, emotion and cognitions to animals, even though they readily accept that the anatomy and physiology of humans is similar to that of animals. Yet there is nothing in evolutionary theory to suggest that only physical traits are subject to selection pressures.”

    Gosling told me that his seminar adviser thought the whole thing sounded a bit “goofy” at first. Some of his fellow students, meanwhile, were irked at him for trying to bring the field of personality to disrepute, as Gosling put it, by studying silly, trivial, frivolous stuff. The major sticking point, of course, was his insistence on using the obviously loaded word “personality,” a choice that he admits was purposefully provocative.

    In some quarters, the term still rankles. “Personality ratings have been done with chimps where you can see in them intimations of human characteristics,” says Jack Block, an emeritus professor of personality psychology at Berkeley. “Now, where you want to take that, I don’t know. Even with chimps, it is a big extrapolation from them to us. But personality in fruit flies or octopi? Heck, no. All living organisms do react to pain and seek what they have developed to want in terms of food or mating. But they cannot manifest the complexity of responses that human beings can.”

    John Capitanio, a psychology professor at the University of California, Davis, who does extensive behavioral studies with rhesus monkeys, is more willing to extrapolate. “Animal behaviorists or behavioral ecologists are mostly interested in what the animal is presenting them with in terms of behavior,” he told me recently. “And yet the behaviors exhibited are not dissimilar from our own, and that’s what causes us to infer these personality characteristics. Now do they really exist in animals? I think the answer is yes, they do in some form.”

    In many of his early talks, people would ask Gosling why he didn’t use the word “temperament” instead of personality. His response was – and is – that temperament is always invoked as a purely biological, inherited quality, whereas personality is thought of as a “higher order phenomenon” that grows out of the interaction of our inherited temperaments and our experiences. If he used only the word temperament with animals, he would be dismissing the possibility that they may have some of the same personality processes as humans. “I don’t want to rule that out,” Gosling told me. “I also think the word personality is as appropriate for animals as it is for us. Of course, we still have to be suspicious. People will also rate the personality of a loaf of bread or a car. A colleague has poked fun at me about that: ‘A temperamental car is difficult to start across time and situations. So why isn’t that personality?’ Well, the fundamental difference, of course, is that with an animal there is an underlying physiology and biology. Saying my car is temperamental is an analogy. And some people will rate dogs not only as friendly or fearful but as philosophical. Now, I do not believe dogs are philosophical, whereas I do believe in their fearfulness. So we have to be careful where to draw the line between what’s reality and what’s analogy.”


    Dogs, in a way, offer the most obvious proof of the existence of animal personality. They have long been bound to us and bred by us precisely for their very particular physical and temperament traits, and, of course, even among specific breeds there are all kinds of variation in the personalities of individuals. Indeed, animals like dogs and cats point up what often appears to be a paradoxically prodigious “duh factor” behind this otherwise cutting-edge science. While scientists may tussle endlessly over the validity of applying the word personality to nonhumans, for people in the everyday world – especially those who spend any time around animals – the assertion that they have distinct personalities seems absurdly obvious.

    Not so very long ago, concepts like animal sentience, emotion and personality were not merely the stuff of anecdotes told by farmers and pet owners; they were wholly embraced by the scientific community as well. In the late 19th century, animal emotion and behavior were integral aspects of the newly emerging science of human psychology. Charles Darwin devoted much of his time after the publication of “The Origin of Species” to researching “The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals,” published in 1872. Although that era’s cross-species conjecturing and comparing was often naïve or intuitive, the impulse behind it went on to inform human psychological study well into the 20th century. Beginning with the appearance in 1908 of more sober, scientifically sound works like John Lubbocks’s “On the Senses, Instincts, and Intelligence of Animals With Special Reference to the Insects” or Edward L. Thorndike’s “Animal Intelligence,” animal studies figured prominently in standard human psychology textbooks well into the 1940′s. And then, steadily, the animals began to disappear.

    At one point in his Austin office on the afternoon I met with him, Sam Gosling pulled from his shelves the 1935 edition of “A Handbook of Social Psychology,” a standard human psychology textbook of the time, and showed me the table of contents. More than a quarter of the textbook’s chapters were devoted to studies of animals and other life forms, titles like “Population Behavior of Bacteria,” “Insect Societies” or “The Behavior of Mammalian Herds and Packs.” There is even a chapter devoted to “Social Origins and Processes Among Plants.” But in the 1954 edition of a similar work called “The Handbook of Social Psychology,” there is but one chapter devoted to nonhuman research. Titled “The Social Significance of Animal Studies,” it is essentially a desperate last plea to social psychologists not to abandon animal studies, arguing at one point that “social psychology must be dangerously myopic if it restricts itself to human literature.” The warning clearly went unheeded. The most recent edition of the handbook, from 1998, is devoted entirely to humans.

    The banishment of our fellow beasts from psychological literature can be blamed by and large on that branch of psychology known as behaviorism. The field’s major proponents, eminent psychologists like B.F. Skinner, stressed the inherent inscrutability of mental states and perceptions to anyone but the person experiencing them. And even though the behaviorists were themselves major proponents of the use of animals in behavioral research, they sought to rein in subjective verbal descriptions of the animals’ mental states, as well as the sorts of experiments that relied on such necessarily vague data. If the human mind was, as Skinner famously referred to it, “a black box,” then surely the minds of animals were even further beyond our ken.

    “The great and enduring contribution of behaviorism,” Gosling says, “is that it introduced the scientific method to the study of behavior. They said, ‘Let’s get rid of the fuzzy, sentimental higher-level descriptions.’ And they did. They went to great efforts to record specific behaviors, things like how many times a chimpanzee scratched its head or nose. But it’s hard to study higher-order phenomena, things like personality and emotion, in just those ways. In the end, what you’re left with is this long catalog of meaningless descriptions. If I need to know whether I can go into that cage or not to clean it, it’s not useful to tell me the chimp scratched its nose 50,000 times in the past year. Just tell me, Is it aggressive or not?”

    In their dogged pursuit of hard science and their strict avoidance of what Sam Gosling referred to in his first published paper as the “specter of anthropomorphism,” the behaviorists, especially in the eyes of many who currently study animal behavior, greatly limited the field of psychology by ultimately outlawing things like intuition, inference and common sense. Now, however, the pendulum has begun to swing back in that direction, and it is a shift that has been impelled, somewhat surprisingly, by hard science.

    Advances in fields like genetics and molecular and evolutionary biology have lent to the study of psychology something that it really didn’t have when behaviorism first came to the fore: a better understanding of the biological and bioevolutionary underpinnings of behavior. No longer is the study of animal behavior rooted in that inherently naïve and anthropocentric desire to see ourselves in animals or to project upon them our thoughts and feelings. Animal personality, along with such integral fields as animal behavior, behavioral ecology and evolutionary biology, all pivot now around what might be called deep analogies. The more detailed and specific our knowledge has become of the animals and of the many differences between them and us, the more clearly we can see what is analogous about our respective behaviors.

    Animal personality, in other words, is now redirecting psychology’s focus in a direction the behaviorists would most appreciate: away from airy abstractions about personality and down to its very tangible and widely dispersed roots. It might be thought of as a kind of biological Buddhism or muscular mythologizing or armed anthropomorphism: a more disciplined and detailed form of that idle speculating we have all done in front of the head tilt of a dog or the sudden skyward shift of a flock of sea gulls or the comings and goings of ants around their respective mounds.


    “Now, those there I can almost guarantee you are females,” Jason Watters, a behavioral ecologist at the University of California, Davis, told me one afternoon this past autumn. He was pointing to a cluster of water striders that had climbed up the side wall of one of the collecting pools in the artificial stream that Watters had erected at the far western edge of the Davis campus for a six-month study that he and his lab director, Andy Sih, recently completed on the role of genetic and environmental factors in the expression of behavior in water striders: those spindly black, surface-flitting wraiths whose indent on their tenuous native terrain is never more than four slightly concave, lunar-module-like landing cups.

    Watters personally reared several thousand water striders for the experiment and would come to know them about as intimately as any human can an insect. He knew each strider’s parents and siblings. He photographed and marked each of them with paint-on numbers and then tracked them through more or less every circumstance and experience in their roughly yearlong lives: what and how they ate, their responses to new environments or to simulated predator attacks, their social interactions and mating practices out in the simulated stream.

    “I haven’t gathered all the data yet,” Watters said, grabbing one of the clustered striders and confirming his suspicion about its sex. “But what we do know is that these water striders express consistent behavioral types. Like in the presence of a predator some individuals will run and get right out of the water. Others don’t seem concerned whatsoever. Just sit there. Others get out and then get back in after a little while. So there’s a great deal of variation in what they do. Especially in a mating situation, here in the stream we’ve found among the males that there is the consistently more aggressive guy – so that’s his type or his personality – and then there are these very active, hyperaggressive males. They’re the ones who are always forcing females to have sex and driving them out of the water and really messing things up for themselves and everybody. We don’t know yet if this is really the best way to be or what the point of it is. We’re working on that. But I’ve got to believe there’s going to be some circumstances where it’s a good idea to be a really mean, brutish type of guy and others where it’s not.”

    A similar array of behaviors is now being encountered in other insects. In her current research at Davis, Judy Stamps, a professor of biology and animal behavior, has been looking into how early experience affects habitat selection in drosophila, better known to you and me as the common fruit fly. Stamps escorted me one afternoon to one of the biology department’s “animal rooms,” where she and her students have been conducting their experiments. The room was the size of a small walk-in closet, barely large enough to contain the 11-foot-long metal table before us.

    To a tiny fruit fly, however, the strange, artificial fruit-bowl habitats of upward twisting wire set at either end of the table are separate universes, the various fruit-shaped planets of which, Stamps has discovered, fruit flies approach and settle in a number of ways, some of which depend on early experience and some on their distinct personalities. Fruit flies born and raised on a plum, for example, will seek out the next plum to settle upon, as will the offspring that they raise there: a “no place like home” impulse. But in the course of their research, Stamps and her students have also encountered everything from overly shy, timorous fruit flies to bold trailblazers to downright feisty and ultimately self-defeating bullies.

    “You don’t think of drosophila in that way,” Stamps told me. “They can be very territorial, and some of the males are fairly aggressive. They tussle with each other. When we did our free-range fly experiments, we marked them individually. We put little colored paint dots on their thorax. The students loved it. They’d say: ‘You know Blue? He’s been attacking everyone this morning. He’s on Banana A, and everyone else is on Banana B. He’s the ruler of Banana A.’ Of course, the other thing we’ve noticed is that individuals that behave like Blue get into trouble because, you see, they end up with nobody to mate with.”

    Another member of Andy Sih’s lab, Alison Bell, has done extensive studies of the three-spined stickleback fish, a tiny prehistoric-looking fish with armorlike outer lateral plates and serrated, lancelike spines protruding from the dorsal region. As well as finding the same spectrum of behaviors in sticklebacks – from extremely bold and bullying sticklebacks to extremely shy and timid ones – Bell has found groups of sticklebacks that exhibit a similar type of behavior: tribelike populations of bold and aggressive sticklebacks, for example, or of extremely timid ones. Their collective disposition seems to have been shaped by the respective environment in which they were raised – whether it was predator-free or predator-laden – and their physical appearance reflects their environment as well: the timid sticklebacks having far heavier armor and longer, more serrated spines.


    The questions that scientists are now beginning to address are why evolution has wielded such a variety of temperaments in animals and why it hasn’t weeded out the clearly deleterious ones: the shyness and timidity that deprives some members of a group of food or mates or the overaggression and extreme risk-taking behavior that can often result in both the disruption of the group’s overall reproductive success and the aggressors’ becoming some other creature’s food.

    Roland Anderson sees the diversity of temperaments as a manifestation of that most basic biological imperative of survival, an array of personality traits being kept in play in a given species because of the differing, shifting environmental circumstances that groups may encounter. “What happens,” he asked, “if a big school of herring comes along and eats all the aggressive, fearless males in a group of smaller fish? Well, there will still be some of the more passive or shy ones hiding under that rock that can say: ‘Hey, they’re all gone now. There’s a nice-looking female over there. I think I’ll reproduce with her.”‘

    Andy Sih, like most of his colleagues at Davis, views personality differences in animals in a Darwinian context. He considers specific behaviors and preferences from an evolutionary perspective and tries to determine how various traits affect the long-term survival of a given species. And in the course of his research on everything from water striders to salamanders, Sih has become fairly obsessed with what he calls “stupid behaviors,” ones that don’t seem to make any evolutionary sense whatsoever.

    “You’d expect animals to be doing smart stuff,” Sih told me one evening over dinner. “The whole tradition in most of evolutionary ecology has been to emphasize adaptation where organisms do smart things. But I’ve been making the case for a while that the most interesting behaviors are actually the stupidest.”

    It’s typically the males of a given species that seem to figure most prominently in the stupid-behavior department – the militant, mayhem-causing water striders and sticklebacks, for example, or fierce male Western bluebirds, who spend so much time defending nests or courting females that they completely neglect their own offspring. But perhaps the most glaring instance of dumb-animal doings is to be found in the female North American fishing spider. Studies have shown that a good number of female fishing spiders are from a very early age highly driven and effective hunters. It is a trait that serves them well most of their lives, particularly in lean times, but it wholly backfires during mating season, when these females can’t keep themselves from eating prospective suitors.

    “Now why would anybody, why would any organism do that?” asked Sih. “If you look at these female spiders just in the context of mating behavior, you would conclude that they’re doing something mighty stupid here. But their behavioral type is very good for them for much of their life growing up in a highly competitive world where food is often scarce. They’re so geared up, though, that when mating season comes around, they really mess up. And experiments have shown that even if they’re given a reasonable amount of food, they’ll still behave this way.”

    These same hyped-up females have also been shown to be the most fearless in the face of predators. In simulated attacks, all fishing spiders retreated underwater. The overaggressive, ravenous females, however, were always the first to pop back up, giving them at once the greatest chance of getting available food and, if the predator was still around, of becoming its meal. Of course, a good proportion of female fishing spiders are able to make the distinction between sex and dinner and between finding and becoming dinner. But for Sih and others, the persistence in certain members of a species of these extreme behaviors and the inability of some to modulate that behavior give rise to a more profound question about the nature of personality types in general and how plastic or not they actually are, whether in animals or humans.

    In animals, it is now becoming evident, there is a certain degree of evolutionary inertia when it comes to their behavior, wherein the very behaviors that accord some members of the group a distinct evolutionary advantage in one set of circumstances can do them in in the next. They are stuck, to some extent, with their distinct ways of being. We humans, on the other hand, tend to think of our personalities as protean, mutable entities that, unlike our physical selves, we can shape to suit shifting circumstances. Sih disagrees. He says he thinks that our behaviors, no matter how complex the human social contexts that help to shape them, are not nearly as pliant as we believe them to be.

    “Behavioral ecologists actually tend to model animals and humans as both being very flexible, as being capable of changing their behaviors as necessary to do the right things in all situations,” he said. But in our own day-to-day experience, he said, we recognize that humans don’t really behave that way. “We all know that overly bold person,” he pointed out. “We have friends like that. They do things that are just like: Hey, this can get you killed. What are they doing that for? And there are people that are shy, and they’re missing out on opportunities they could have had.”

    There is currently a paucity of human studies along these lines, but a recently published human-personality study of 545 people by Daniel Nettle of the University of Newcastle in England shows a strong parallel with some of these recent animal studies. It found that the more extroverted and outgoing people were, the more sex partners they tended to have, an evolutionary edge that was mitigated by the fact that these were the same people who were most likely to end up in the hospital because of stupid risk-taking behaviors.

    Indeed, however elaborate an argument we humans may have with our own biology, we are each of us to some extent locked into a personality type, a consistent way of being without which we would each be, in a sense, unrecognizable to ourselves or others. The oft-heard comment “Hey, that’s not like you” is a tacit acknowledgment of your recognizably consistent way of being. If, in other words, someone were to be entirely flexible and unpredictable in their behavior, were able to respond with any one of the full palette of behavioral responses in any given circumstance, they would be not only, as Andy Sih put it, “scary to be around,” but they would also be someone of whom you could say, they have no personality.

    This set of ideas, Sih told me, suggests new questions that are rarely posed about humans. “Like why do we even have a personality?” he asked. “Why do we have a relatively narrow range of responses as opposed to a full range? Why can’t we all be bold when we need to be and cautious and shy when we need to be? Then we’d have no identifiable personality, and that would free us all to become optimal.”

    For Sih, the answer seems to be that our personality is a manifestation of a complex interplay between genetic inheritance and environment and early-life experience. Bold people, for example, are both naturally disposed to boldness and, further, choose to be bold, becoming ever better at it, building from an early age a mountain of abilities and tendencies that become a personality. It might happen, as well, that an inherently shy person is induced by an early-life experience to venture away from his or her natural disposition and cultivate a bold personality. But whether a person ends up building and climbing a shy or a bold mountain, it may become increasingly difficult to come back down and build another one.

    “It’s not impossible,” Sih said, “but it’s not going to be easy. I’ll give you another human example. It’s always mystified me why anyone would be a pessimist. It seems to me like optimism has to be the way to go. But, in fact, there is some recent literature that shows that pessimists are good at being pessimists. And that when things go badly, they expected it anyway, and it doesn’t hurt them. And so it’s this notion that personality types build because of these feedback loops.”

    In human beings, of course, as with other highly social species, the shaping of personality entails a complex web of influences and imperatives. It is not merely about the acquisition of food or mates but involves as well issues of group interaction, cooperation, deception and so on. It is a dynamic that, in an ever more complex series of evolutionary feedback loops, at once impelled the formation of larger and more sophisticated brains and the more nuanced emotional responses to social interaction – feelings of embarrassment, guilt, empathy, confidence, etc. – that such a brain allows.

    The attempt to parse that web of entanglements has for decades been a motivation of fields like psychology, psychiatry and sociology. What seems so promising about the field of animal personality is that in the course of allowing us to better understand and more effectively conserve the animals themselves, it is also affording scientists new pathways of understanding ourselves and our behavior, through the kind of experimentation that we are unable to perform on humans.

    “Do thrill seekers thrive in certain speculative business or military environments?” Sih asked. “I don’t know. But I can do experiments to look at analogous situations in animals, can take different animals with different personalities and see how they do in different environments – in a high-predation-risk situation, in a cooperative situation, during a courtship-mating situation. Along similar lines, we can test ideas like, Are animals particularly aggressive when they invade new regions because it is primarily the bold, aggressive individuals that tend to immigrate to new areas? How does the personality of the immigrant pool in humans differ from those who stay behind, and does that difference influence success – and does this basic view apply to the melting pot of America?”

    Alison Bell has done related experiments with sticklebacks. It has long been clear to researchers that fish that have lived for many generations in the proximity of dangerous predators are less bold and less aggressive than animals that have lived relatively risk-free. What Bell discovered is that those cautious tendencies outlast the presence of risk, even by a generation. When she moved sticklebacks who had always lived in a high-risk environment into a low-risk environment, she found that not only did they retain their cautious tendencies, but so did their offspring. Even fish raised from birth in a low-risk environment behave more fearfully if raised by a particularly vigilant father from a high-risk background.

    “There’s definitely the effect of genetic difference,” Bell explained, “but there’s also the effect of what is experienced as they grow up. Genotype and environment interactions make it difficult to detect the effects of genes, because you have to take the environment into account. This is annoying to geneticists.” To scientists like Bell who are studying the interplay of genes and environment, however, it is of profound interest.


    In the coming year, the sequence of the full stickleback genome will have been assembled, which will open doors into all kinds of cross-species research on the relationship between genes and environment. Alison Bell will be looking at such things as risk-taking behavior in sticklebacks – which may, by extension, give us insight into the behavior of humans. The same genes and hormone receptor systems associated with such behaviors have been conserved across a broad spectrum of species from sticklebacks to rhesus monkeys to us. John Capitanio has already done a number of experiments with rhesus monkeys that look into how the manner of their rearing affects what Capitanio (in a hedge on the loaded P-word) calls an animal’s “biobehavioral organization” – and how, in turn, that biobehavioral organization affects everything from gene expression to immune-system function against ailments like simian AIDS.

    What once seemed the hopelessly subjective pursuit of understanding human behavior and personality is now increasingly being tied down to and girded by the objective moorings of our own and other animals’ biology. The very names of newly emergent fields like biological psychiatry, molecular psychiatry and, of course, animal personality reflect this trend. It is not, as Capitanio points out, a reductionistic concept but more of a holistic one, one that allows for an unprecedentedly subtle reading of the integrative influences – genetic, experiential and environmental – that shape each individual’s personality.

    Capitanio is currently writing, with Sam Gosling, the first chapter on animal personality to be included in “The Handbook of Personality,” a standard reference book of human-personality psychology. This week, he will be in Palm Springs, Calif., presenting a paper on personality in rhesus monkeys as part of an animal-social psychology symposium led by Gosling at the annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, the first symposium of its kind at a human psychology conference. For Gosling, it is the realization of the very thing he envisioned when he first started pursuing the possibility of personality in animals at Berkeley back in the mid-1990′s.

    “What really got me interested when I started exploring this,” Gosling told me, “is I noticed that what the animal researchers were doing in practice was exactly what human researchers were saying would be the perfect study they could do in a perfect world. Like you ask a human personality researcher, they might say what we’d do is take a bunch of individuals, and we’d watch them from conception till death and record all the major events in their lives and know who mated with whom and who had a fight with whom. And if we wanted, we could give them frightening stimuli and so on. And a lot of my job is saying to those in human psychology: ‘Hey, you should talk to these other guys. What they’re doing is really relevant.’ I’m like the middleman.”

    Looking through some of the animal-personality literature in Gosling’s office that afternoon, I came upon an intriguing paper titled “Microscopic Brains,” published in the March 13, 1964, edition of the journal Science, in the midst of the great animal blackout from psychological literature. Written by a professor of zoology and psychology at the University of Pennsylvania named Vincent Dethier, the paper is at once a study of insect behavior and a remarkably prescient argument for a more intuitive, empathetic and integrative approach to the study of psychology.

    “The farther removed an animal is from ourselves,” Dethier writes, “the less sympathetic we are in ascribing to it those components of behavior that we know in ourselves. There is some fuzzy point of transition in the phylogenetic scale where our empathizing acquires an unsavory aura. Yet there is little justification for this schism. If we subscribe to an idea of a lineal evolution of behavior, there is no reason for failing to search for adumbrations of higher behavior in invertebrates.”

    Dethier concludes on a decidedly haunting note: “Perhaps,” he writes, “these insects are little machines in a deep sleep, but looking at their rigidly armored bodies, their staring eyes and their mute performances, one cannot help at times wondering if there is anyone inside.”

    We will never know, of course, one way or the other. And yet somehow, science, of all things, is rendering the empirical answer to such a question incidental to a more felt and intuitive one. Perched now, like entranced children, along the banks of their respective simulated streams, scientists are staring for hours at the least human of creatures – everything from bullying fruit flies to ravenous, oversexed water striders and fishing spiders to perilously fearless hordes of armored stickleback fish – and are beginning to see in them not just their distinct patterns of behavior but also something deeply and distinctly recognizable. Something, well, not altogether inhuman.

    Charles Siebert is a contributing writer and the author most recently of “A Man After His Own Heart: A True Story.”


  • Mount Everest,Autism,YouTube,Vietnam generation

     

    An ‘advance obituary’ for the Vietnam generation
    Sunday, June 17, 2007

    NEW YORK: Paul Simon was there to sing one of the emblematic songs of his generation, “Mrs. Robinson.” Peter Yarrow of Peter, Paul and Mary (who sang “If I Had a Hammer” just before Martin Luther King Jr. gave his “I Have a Dream” speech at the landmark 1963 civil rights march on Washington) sang, too.

    The memorial service for David Halberstam, author of “The Best and the Brightest” and many other books, took place last week in the cavernous Riverside Church, and it was an elegant farewell to one of the most famous journalists of our time, and it was something else as well. Halberstam died in April in a traffic collision in California, where he was, characteristically, doing research for a new book.

    The something else of the Riverside Church memorial had to do with the sense it gave of a generation slowly ambling off one of the more prominent stages of recent history, a stage where a good deal of the collective consciousness was forged. In recent months, the novelists Kurt Vonnegut and William Styron have died; so have the historian Arthur Schlesinger and R.W. Apple Jr., a mainstay of political analysis for The New York Times for as long as most people can remember.

    Newspapers have a stock of what editors call advance obituaries, so they will have articles ready if an actuarially probable demise of some prominent person occurs close to deadline. Halberstam’s memorial was in its way a chance for members of a special generation to read aloud its own advance obit.

    “It was like a wake for the consciousness of the Vietnam period,” said Jonathan Segal, a senior editor at the publisher Alfred A. Knopf, who edited the books of some of the members of the exclusive Halberstam club. “Young people today may be concerned about Iraq and worried about the Middle East, but for them Vietnam and all that came with it are ancient history.”

    Kati Marton said, “There was a poignancy in all those gray heads and stooped backs.” The journalist and writer – who was at the memorial with her husband, Richard Holbrooke, a possible candidate for secretary of state if the next president is a Democrat – met Halberstam in Vietnam in the early 1960s, when one was a young journalist and the other a fledgling diplomat.

    Over the years, many of that small band who shared the unforgettable, disheartening and also illuminating spectacle of America failing in war for the first time in its history have remained friends. There were only a couple dozen of them in that time in the early 1960s before the Vietnam War became their story of the century.

    They discovered a historic truth, which the U.S. military and government chose willfully to reject – namely that the other side was winning the war because the South Vietnamese government was corrupt and incompetent.

    And so was born the adversarial relationship between the press and the government that endures: the suspicion that generals and secretaries of defense might actually have little idea of what they are doing.

    No doubt that is why so many braved heavy afternoon showers to be at the Halberstam memorial service. He was a great reporter, a devourer of worlds. But he was mostly celebrated at Riverside Church because he brought so powerful a moral urgency to his writing.

    “I don’t think David was so much a symbol of the generation as he was an unusual person in our generation,” said Leslie Gelb, a former diplomat and journalist who also first knew Halberstam in Vietnam in the early 1960s. “Namely, he was a warrior.”

    “He was a guy who saw right and wrong and had rather strong feelings about it,” Gelb continued, “and once he determined who was right and who was wrong and who was good and who was bad, he picked up the sword.”

    The best anecdote of the day in this sense came from Neil Sheehan, a member of the early Vietnam War band of brothers who spoke at the memorial.

    In Sheehan’s account, Halberstam called the American commanding general at home to complain about a lack of access to the action, and the next day was publicly reprimanded by a brigadier general for having done so.

    Halberstam became visibly angry, Sheehan recalled, and he declared in a loud voice: “We will disturb the commanding general at home any time we have to do so in order to get our job done. The American public has a right to know what’s going on here.”

    Sheehan paused a minute for dramatic effect and then delivered Halberstam’s last line, full of the audacious, cocksure idealism of a 28-year-old who happened to be right.

    “Is that clear?” Halberstam said.

    Sheehan himself subsequently wrote one of the best of the Vietnam books, “A Bright Shining Lie,” which tells the story of John Paul Vann, a brilliant American officer who did see how the war was going wrong and strived, unsuccessfully, to inform his superiors. It is a book that has the power of a Greek tragedy in its depiction of politicians and generals stubbornly persisting in a policy that others know is doomed.

    And, of course, the fact that Halberstam died as the country’s leaders seem to be doing that in Iraq was not lost on the mourners. Another speaker at the memorial was Dexter Filkins, who spent four years covering the Iraq war for The New York Times. As he took the podium it was almost as if one generation had passed the baton to another.

    The reporters in Iraq think about Halberstam in Vietnam, Filkins said. “When the official version didn’t match what we were seeing on the streets of Baghdad, all we had to do – and we did it a lot – was ask ourselves, What would Halberstam have done? And then the way was clear.”

     
    Monday June 18, 2007
    The YouTube Election
    Images of Hillary Clinton from a spoof based on a 1984 Apple TV ad

    Images of Hillary Clinton from a spoof based on a 1984 Apple TV ad, uploaded to YouTube.com by a Barack Obama supporter.

    The “Vote Different” anti-Hillary ad, Newt Gingrich’s Spanish apology, Mitt Romney’s trail of flip-flops—this is the mouse-click mayhem of the 2008 campaign, in which anyone can join. It’s the end of the old-fashioned, literary presidential epic, and the dawn of YouTube politics.

    by James Wolcott June 2007

    The presidential epic is poised to become a quaint relic, like the concept album and the comic operetta. Those who love words and lots of them will miss its dramatic heaves and reverses, mourn the loss of its grandiose scale. The presidential epic dramatizes the race for the White House as a cattle drive, with all the cunning intrigue, betrayal, coloratura, tainted ambition, and bluster of a Shakespearean saga. Consider the gargantuan gulp of What It Takes, Richard Ben Cramer’s thousand-plus-paged, tunnel-visioned account of the 1988 campaign, a rollicking Tom Wolfe–ish probe of the political right stuff with a cast of characters (Richard Gephardt, Joe Biden, Michael Dukakis, Robert Dole) that in lesser hands might have come across as painted dummies; the spewing, drug-lashed delirium of Hunter S. Thompson’s influential Fear and Loathing: On the Campaign Trail ’72; Norman Mailer’s Miami and the Siege of Chicago, with its high-definition portraits of Richard Nixon as a jerky robot out of rhythm with himself, Eugene McCarthy’s Jesuitical face (“hard as the cold stone floor of a monastery at five in the morning”), and the brute force of Mayor Richard Daley’s jowly constituency; and the one that started it all, the granddaddy of the tarmac chronicles, Theodore H. White’s The Making of the President: 1960. Consider, too, those classic tributaries to the presidential epic, instructive treats such as Timothy Crouse’s The Boys on the Bus, Joe McGinniss’s The Selling of the President: 1968, and Joe Klein’s bacon-flavored roman à clef, Primary Colors. If the old-fashioned, bookish presidential epic depended upon intimate access or hovering proximity to the candidates as they work an endless series of rooms and stages, the newfangled campaign narrative is a peep-show collage—a weedy pastiche of slick ads, outtakes, bloopers, prankster spoofs, unguarded moments captured on amateur video, C-span excerpts, grainy flashbacks retrieved from the vaults, and choice baroque passages of Chris Matthews venting. YouTube, the free video-sharing bulletin board founded in 2005 by three former PayPal employees, is where it all happens. Mouse clicks and video clips, they go together like a nervous twitch. Where the presidential epic entails reams of psychological interpretation, novelistic scene setting, and historical placement, YouTube puts politics literally at one’s fingertips in the active present, making it a narrative any mutant can join.

    yfla.wrap(“This multimedia content requires Flash version 9 and above.”, “Upgrade Now.”, “http://www.adobe.com/shockwave/download/download.cgi?P1_Prod_Version=ShockwaveFlash”, ““); Function VBGetSwfVer(i) on error resume next Dim swControl, swVersion swVersion = 0 set swControl = CreateObject(“ShockwaveFlash.ShockwaveFlash.” + CStr(i)) if (IsObject(swControl)) then swVersion = swControl.GetVariable(“$version”) end if VBGetSwfVer = swVersion End Function

    The 2008 presidential campaign had barely cracked its first yawn when a mischievous imp created a sensation with an update of the famous 1984 Apple TV commercial showing a buff, blonde Über-babe shattering a giant screen with a sledgehammer, liberating the slave drones from their indoctrinated trance. Only, in this revised version it was Hillary Clinton hobgoblinized as the looming commandant in the Orwellian nightmare, her bossy specter hectoring the flour faces of the bedraggled inmates. I didn’t find the “Vote Different” ad particularly inspired or persuasive as anti-propaganda in its invocation of Fascism, but the whoosh it caused in the media fed off the Hillary fatigue felt by many, that calcified, sanctified aura of lockstep inevitability. After a speculative tizzy in the political chatsphere as to the secret identity of the “Vote Different” auteur, Phil de Vellis surfaced at the Huffington Post to take credit and have his personal say. A supporter of Barack Obama’s and a staffer at Blue State Digital (a pro-Democratic technology firm, from which he departed after the ad was sprung), de Vellis laid out his rationale for the mashup, insisting that he intended Hillary Clinton no disrespect. With a Nixonian clearing of the throat, he wrote, “Let me be clear: I am a proud Democrat, and I always have been. I support Senator Obama. I hope he wins the primary. (I recognize that this ad is not his style of politics.) I also believe that Senator Clinton is a great public servant, and if she should win the nomination, I would support her and wish her all the best.” What’s less clear is how you can portray Clinton as totalitarianism’s dour answer to Miss Jean Brodie, plugging into the right wing’s witchiest caricature of her, and insist there’s no ill will. It’d be like depicting Rudy Giuliani as Mussolini on the balcony, a malevolent bullfrog exhorting the masses, then disavowing it by saying, “Hey, don’t get me wrong, I dig the guy.” The most salient point in de Vellis’s fess-up was not why he did what he did but how easily it was done: “I made the ad on a Sunday afternoon in my apartment using my personal equipment (a Mac and some software), uploaded it to YouTube, and sent links around to blogs.” No muss, no fuss, no brainstorming sessions with the creative team, no sending out for coffee and Danish, just a little quality time on the computer and voilà. Given the editing tools available to even a modest laptop and the ultra-low point of entry into the YouTube marina, de Vellis is no doubt correct when he signs off, “This ad was not the first citizen ad, and it will not be the last. The game has changed.”

    I have just been sent a link to an Internet site that shows me delivering a speech some years ago. This is my quite unsolicited introduction to the now-inescapable phenomenon of YouTube. It comes with another link, enabling me to see other movies of myself all over the place. What’s “You” about this? It’s a MeTube, for me.Christopher Hitchens, Slate, April 9, 2007.

    More creative involvement in the democratic process—how can this not be healthy? “Citizen journalists” and “citizen ad-makers,” united in idealistic purpose—what’s not to like? Yet inwardly I groan. Speaking for Me-self, the last thing I need is more crap to watch, no matter how ingenious or buzz-worthy it may be. I spend enough zombie time staring at screens without access to a supplemental pair of eyeballs. Between cable-news chat shows, regular news shows, and Law & Order: Criminal Intent reruns, I already clock so many hours watching TV on my TV that watching even more TV on my laptop is like giving myself extra homework. We’re reaching the saturation point of what the social critic Paul Goodman called “spectatoritis.” Not only do we (especially Me) face the dismal prospect of being bombarded by professional spot ads every time we turn on the radio or TV until the ’08 election, but now, for fear of not being in the loop, we’re compelled to keep up with an inundation of personal commentaries, fake ads, newsclips set to music, and homemade amateur guerrilla sorties from the Tarantinos of tomorrow.

    To avoid brain-logged fatigue, I limit my intake to a single Web depot, tuning in daily to YouTube’s You Choose ’08 channel, where each presidential candidate has his or her own peep-show booth. Click on GoHunterGo, for example, the official page for congressman and presidential aspirant Duncan Hunter (a choleric Republican who looks as if he could moonlight as a billy-clubbing guard in The Shawshank Redemption). Then select the clip of Dunc fondling a football in a wholesome, manly way as he draws an analogy between China’s trade policy and the gridiron: “Americans start a football game with a clean scoreboard. But China starts a game against our businesses with a 74-point advantage.” Those scheming Chinese bastards! We might as well not even show up for the coin toss. As this is being written, Duncan Hunter has a measly six videos up. Mitt Romney has 81. That may be more Mitt than anyone needs, even if his videos carry racy titles such as “I Like Vetoes” and “Romney on the Need to Restrain Spending.” Instead, my ever curious cursor moseys over to Democrat Dennis Kucinich’s booth, where his lustrous, British-accented wife, Elizabeth, is discussing Iraq-war appropriations, the fiscal numbers she rattles off from a cue card upstaged by the silken wonder of her windswept hair. In another video, the Kuciniches unite to wish viewers a happy Easter, the infectious couple grinning as if about to break into giggles. His presidential candidacy may be a distant long shot, but I look forward to each video from this populist scamp.

    Though not yet officially a candidate (he intends to parade himself up and down the boardwalk until he drives uncommitted voters mad with desire), former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich has set up his own YouTube channel. It’s a repository—a living library—for his reflections on the daunting challenges facing the Republic, and what he proposes to do to make things worse. Advocating the abolition of “bi-lingual education,” Gingrich argued that such programs perpetuated “the language of living in a ghetto.” In any debate over bi-lingual ed, it’s implicit that Spanish is considered the chief culprit, and Hispanics were understandably peeved over their mother tongue’s being denigrated as ghetto dialect. Nobody bought Gingrich’s subsequent jive explanation on Fox News’s Hannity & Colmes that he was actually alluding to the shtetls of the Old World. None too coherently, he tried to explain, “Now, I’ll let you pick—frankly, ‘ghetto’ historically had referred as a Jewish reference originally.” (Veteran Gingrich observers know that whenever he prefaces a statement with the word “frankly,” it signals a big fat lie coming down the pike.) Unable to contain the furor over his remarks and recognizing that alienating millions of Hispanic voters wouldn’t be the wisest move should he declare his candidacy, Gingrich taped an apology in Spanish that became must viewing on YouTube; the marriage of his stilted delivery—he didn’t exactly caress the consonants or make sweet music with the vowels—and the English subtitles (“I have never believed that Spanish is a language of people of low income”) made for one irresistible mea culpa.

    yfla.wrap(“This multimedia content requires Flash version 9 and above.”, “Upgrade Now.”, “http://www.adobe.com/shockwave/download/download.cgi?P1_Prod_Version=ShockwaveFlash”, ““);

    Swiveling his attention to international affairs, Newt addressed the capture of British sailors by Iran in remarks made before a live audience. His solution for bringing home the hostages was bold and ballsy, appealing to the armchair commando in every arrested adolescent. “They have one refinery that produces gasoline in Iran,” he said. “And I think our strategy should be very direct. There should be a covert operation to sabotage the one refinery. [Audience applause.] We should say to the Iranian dictatorship: ‘We’re prepared to withhold gasoline for as long as you’re prepared to be stupid.’” I’m not sure how covert an operation can be if you announce it in advance, or why the U.S. should have risked escalating a crisis by dispatching a Mission: Impossible team while negotiations were ongoing between Iran and our plucky ally Great Britain, but the professorial Newt made it plain that the Iranians needed to be taught a harsh lesson—to have their privileges revoked. Without gas, they’d have to walk. “The morning they want to be reasonable, they get to drive a car again.” Unfortunately for Newt (and veteran neoconservative agitators such as Michael Ledeen, who rhetorically targeted the gas refinery as well), Iran, unprepared to be stupid, pre-empted Newt’s bold stratagem by freeing the captives shortly thereafter and sending the laddies and lass home with lovely parting gifts. It’s hard to blow up the gas refinery of a country that doles out goody bags to its departing guests. Overtaken by events, that Newt clip was destined for the discard pile.

    yfla.wrap(“This multimedia content requires Flash version 9 and above.”, “Upgrade Now.”, “http://www.adobe.com/shockwave/download/download.cgi?P1_Prod_Version=ShockwaveFlash”, ““);

    Yet nothing on the Internet is ever truly discarded. Everything’s recyclable, dormant, ready to be summoned from the murky bottom of the fishbowl. Yesteryear’s embarrassment is almost certain to resurface someday and bite one on the tender behind. One of the most valuable roles YouTube plays is as a preservation society for gaffes, flip-flops, surreal tableaux (such as the picture of Dick Cheney planted in the bushes like the world’s scariest garden gnome during President Bush’s press conference), acts of contrition, career-ending hara-kiri, and barefaced moments of burlesque. (A Belgian socialist budget minister—it doesn’t get more beige than that—became a fluke YouTube celebrity after excerpts of him appearing merrily sloshed during a televised interview widely circulated.) A video on PoliticsTV’s all-time Hall of Shame list is George Allen’s “Macaca” outburst, a smirking, finger-pointing moment of intemperance on the campaign trail that dashed whatever presidential fantasies the senator from Virginia once had and set into motion his mortifying re-election defeat. Hubris has seldom been served so neatly on a plate. YouTube is also a pestilential nuisance for politicians attempting to talk out of both sides of their yap. It’s one thing to leave a paper trail, but a video trail is even more incriminating, especially in the Digital Age. Brave New Films, the documentary house co-founded by documentarian Robert Greenwald (who directed Outfoxed and Uncovered), has posted a clip on YouTube devoted entirely to John McCain’s “Double Talk Express,” its catalogue of contradictory sound bites filed under titles such as “John McCain Flip Flops on Gay Marriage,” “John McCain Flip Flops on the Religious Right,” and “John McCain Flip Flops on the Confederate Flag.” Couple these with the footage of McCain in a bulletproof vest making his way through a Baghdad market with a military escort and what you have is a composite portrait of a candidate crumbling.

    As a former prisoner of war who has comported himself with pained dignity and incurred his party’s wrath in the past (if only he hadn’t made the fatal mistake of suturing himself to the Bush doctrine), McCain retains a stoic residue of respect. Not so Mitt Romney, everyone’s new figure of fun. For viral entertainment, even Rudy Giuliani’s drag routines on YouTube can’t compete. Romney’s supple acrobatics on the issues could earn him a pair of spangled leotards in Cirque du Soleil; he’s reversed himself on so many issues—abortion, stem-cell research, gay rights, tax cuts, illegal immigration—that he’s like a butterfly trying to revert to the pupa stage. If drastic de-evolution is what it takes to appeal to the Republican base, Mitt’s the right mannequin for the job. He might have slicked by with his policy do-overs if he hadn’t made himself ridiculous by pandering to the gun lobby, claiming he was a lifelong hunter. “To hear Mitt Romney talk on the campaign trail, you might think the Republican presidential candidate had a gun rack in the back of his pickup truck,” Glen Johnson reported for the Associated Press. “Yet the former Massachusetts governor’s hunting experience is limited to two trips at the bookends of his 60 years: as a 15-year-old, when he hunted rabbits with his cousins on a ranch in Idaho, and last year, when he shot quail on a fenced game preserve in Georgia.” Those rabbits are now haunting Romney as surely as Jimmy Carter’s killer rabbit. Tune in to YouTube and there’s Mitt Romney, clarifying his record as a noble backwoodsman with the shaky assertion “I’ve always been, if you will, a rodent- and rabbit-hunter, all right—small varmints, if you will. And I began when I was, oh, 15 or so, and have hunted those kinds of varmints since then.” First Dick Cheney perforating a hunting-mate and now Mitt Romney chasing varmints—who knew Elmer Fudd would displace John Wayne as the Republican Party’s masculine ideal?

    It may appear that I am singling out Republicans as ripe specimens of YouTube boobery. It’s true. I am. I wish them all heartwarming unsuccess. But I believe that an impartial observer would second my impression that so far this extended political season Republicans are several caveman steps behind Democrats in understanding and exploiting the outreach of YouTube and in avoiding its sand traps. When Rudy Giuliani is represented on YouTube by a five-minute video of the former mayor ringing the opening bell at nasdaq, it hardly seems like the most imaginative grasp of this new medium. Liberal blogs and blue-state challengers out-mobilized Republicans in online fund-raising and organizing in 2006 and have maintained their advantage, tapping into the bottom-up energy, and fine-tuning a potent, interlocking, activist-oriented machine; meanwhile, Republicans cling to their top-down, one-way-message, corporate model as once militant conservative bloggers retire their Jedi-warrior robes to take up their new hobby, whining. Those carefree days when they had Al Gore’s bark to gnaw on are gone. The cheap fun has flown. Apart from a parody video of John Edwards being dolled up for a TV appearance to the mocking strains of “I Feel Pretty” (a spoof that exploits the rap on Edwards as just a pretty face—a Breck girl), leading Democrats haven’t provided the comic fodder that has made Gingrich, Romney, and presidential adviser Karl Rove (doing his dorky white-guy “MC Rove” rap routine at the Radio & Television Correspondents’ Association dinner) so downloadable. Even Democratic hopeful Joe Biden, whose mouth churns up huge yardage every time he answers a question the long way around, hasn’t “beclowned” himself, to borrow a word much beloved in the conservative blogosphere. Someone with a worried mind might wonder if Democrats were in danger of being so resolutely on-message—so perpetually in-character, conscientiously tucked-in, mistake-averse, and overscripted—that the internal pressure of reining in every stray, errant impulse could produce an implosion later down the line, closer to the primaries, when it counts. Another worry would be if Fred Thompson lumbered into the race. After five seasons of ponderously digesting his dialogue as the southern-fried district attorney on Law & Order, this actor-politician knows what it’s like to live his life before the camera and drop bits of nourishment down viewers’ beaks. Being on the tube is second nature for him—this big lug couldn’t be more tubular. But Thompson also behaves as if he’s grumpily used to having his own way and isn’t about to change, and with the rise of YouTube, nobody gets to have his own, exclusive way. When everyone in the audience is a potential auteurist, prepare to kiss your autonomy good-bye. So bring him on. Now pardon me while I log on to YouTube to see what those two crazy lovebirds Dennis and Elizabeth Kucinich are up to.

    James Wolcott is a Vanity Fair contributing editor.


     
    Monday June 18, 2007
    Ron Paul Is Huge on the Web

    Rep. Ron Paul, one of the most obscure GOP presidential hopefuls on the old-media landscape, has drawn more views of his YouTube videos (which include clips from the June 5 New Hampshire debate, above) than any of his GOP rivals

    Photo Credit: By Elise Amendola — Associated Press Photo

    An Also-Ran in the GOP Polls, Ron Paul Is Huge on the Web

    By Jose Antonio Vargas
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Saturday, June 16, 2007; A01

    On Technorati, which offers a real-time glimpse of the blogosphere, the most frequently searched term this week was “YouTube.”

    Then comes “Ron Paul.”

    The presence of the obscure Republican congressman from Texas on a list that includes terms such as “Sopranos,” “Paris Hilton” and “iPhone” is a sign of the online buzz building around the long-shot Republican presidential hopeful — even as mainstream political pundits have written him off.

    Rep. Ron Paul is more popular on Facebook than Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.). He’s got more friends on MySpace than former Massachusetts governor Mitt Romney. His MeetUp groups, with 11,924 members in 279 cities, are the biggest in the Republican field. And his official YouTube videos, including clips of his three debate appearances, have been viewed nearly 1.1 million times — more than those of any other candidate, Republican or Democrat, except Sen. Barack Obama (D-Ill.).

    No one’s more surprised at this robust Web presence than Paul himself, a self-described “old-school,” “pen-and-paper guy” who’s serving his 10th congressional term and was the Libertarian Party’s nominee for president in 1988.

    “To tell you the truth, I hadn’t heard about this YouTube and all the other Internet sites until supporters started gathering in them,” confessed Paul, 71, who said that he’s raised about $100,000 after each of the three debates. Not bad considering that his campaign had less than $10,000 when his exploratory committee was formed in mid-February. “I tell you I’ve never raised money as efficiently as that, in all my years in Congress, and all I’m doing is speaking my mind.”

    That means saying again and again that the Republican Party, especially when it comes to government spending and foreign policy, is in “shambles.”

    But while many Democrats have welcomed the young and fresh-faced Obama, who’s trailing Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton (D-N.Y.) in most public opinion polls, Paul is barely making a dent in the Republican polls.

    Republican strategists point out that libertarians, who make up a small but vocal portion of the Republican base, intrinsically gravitate toward the Web’s anything-goes, leave-me-alone nature. They also say that his Web presence proves that the Internet can be a great equalizer in the race, giving a much-needed boost to a fringe candidate with little money and only a shadow of the campaign staffs marshaled by Romney, McCain and former New York mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani.

    An obstetrician and gynecologist, Paul is known as “Dr. No” in the House of Representatives. No to big government. No to the Internal Revenue Service. No to the federal ban on same-sex marriage.

    “I’m for the individual,” Paul said. “I’m not for the government.”

    If he had his way, the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Education, among other agencies, would not exist. In his view, the USA Patriot Act, which allows the government to search personal data, including private Internet use, is unconstitutional, and trade deals such as the North American Free Trade Agreement are a threat to American independence.

    But perhaps what most notably separates Paul from the crowded Republican field, headed by what former Virginia governor James S. Gilmore III calls “Rudy McRomney,” is his stance on the Iraq war. He’s been against it from the very beginning.

    After the second Republican presidential debate last month, when Paul implied that American foreign policy has contributed to anti-Americanism in the Middle East — “They attack us because we’re over there. We’ve been bombing Iraq for 10 years,” Paul said — he was attacked by Giuliani, and conservatives such as Saul Anuzis were livid. Anuzis, chairman of the Michigan GOP, threatened to circulate a petition to bar Paul from future Republican presidential debates. Though the petition never materialized, Anuzis’s BlackBerry was flooded with e-mails and his office was inundated with calls for several days. “It was a distraction, no doubt,” he said.

    The culprits: Paul’s growing number of supporters, some of whom posted Anuzis’s e-mail address and office phone number on their blogs.

    “At first I was skeptical of his increasing online presence, thinking that it’s probably just a small cadre of dedicated Ron Paul fans,” said Matt Lewis, a blogger and director of operations at Townhall, a popular conservative site. “But if you think about it, the number one issue in the country today is Iraq. If you’re a conservative who supports the president’s war, you have nine candidates to choose from. But if you’re a conservative who believes that going into Iraq was a mistake, Ron Paul is the only game in town.”

    Added Terry Jeffrey, the syndicated newspaper columnist who ran Patrick J. Buchanan’s failed White House bid in 1996: “On domestic issues like spending and taxation and the role of government, Ron Paul is saying exactly what traditional conservatives have historically thought, and he’s pointing out that the Bush administration has walked away from these principles. That’s a very attractive argument.”

    Especially to someone such as Brad Porter, who obsessively writes about Paul on his blog, subscribes to Paul’s YouTube channel and attended a Ron Paul MeetUp event in Pittsburgh last week.

    The 28-year-old Carnegie Mellon student donated $50 to Paul’s coffers after the first debate, and an additional $50 after the third debate.

    “For a poor college student, that’s a lot,” said Porter, a lifelong Republican. “But I’m not supporting him because I think he could get the nomination. I’m supporting him because I think he can influence the national conversation about what the role of government is, how much power should government have over our lives, how much liberty should we give up for security. These are important issues, and frankly, no one’s thinking about them as seriously and sincerely as Ron Paul.”

     
    Autism Debate 6/17/07 

    Cary Hazlegrove for The New York Times

    Katie Wright and her son Christian, who is autistic, appear in the documentary film “Autism Every Day,” financed by the charity Autism Speaks.

    June 18, 2007

    Autism Debate Strains a Family and Its Charity

    A year after their grandson Christian received a diagnosis of autism in 2004, Bob Wright, then chairman of NBC/Universal, and his wife, Suzanne, founded Autism Speaks, a mega-charity dedicated to curing the dreaded neurological disorder that affects one of every 150 children in America today.

    The Wrights’ venture was also an effort to end the internecine warfare in the world of autism — where some are convinced that the disorder is genetic and best treated with intensive therapy, and others blame preservatives in vaccinations and swear by supplements and diet to cleanse the body of heavy metals.

    With its high-powered board, world-class scientific advisers and celebrity fund-raisers like Jerry Seinfeld and Paul Simon, the charity was a powerful voice, especially in Washington. It also made strides toward its goal of unity by merging with three existing autism organizations and raising millions of dollars for research into all potential causes and treatments. The Wrights call it the “big tent” approach.

    But now the fissures in the autism community have made their way into the Wright family, where father and daughter are not speaking after a public battle over themes familiar to thousands of families with autistic children.

    The Wrights’ daughter, Katie, the mother of Christian, says her parents have not given enough support to the people who believe, as she does, that the environment — specifically a synthetic mercury preservative in vaccines — is to blame. No major scientific studies have linked pediatric vaccination and autism, but many parents and their advocates persist, and a federal “vaccine court” is now reviewing nearly 4,000 such claims.

    The Wright feud has played out in cyberspace and spilled into Autism Speaks, where those who disagree with Katie Wright’s views worry that she is setting its agenda. And the family intent on healing a fractured community has instead opened its old wounds and is itself riven.

    The rift began in April when Katie put herself squarely on the side of “The Mercurys,” as that faction is known, on Oprah Winfrey, where she described how her talkative toddler turned unresponsive and out-of-control after his vaccines and only improved with unconventional, and untested, remedies.

    In a Web interview with David Kirby, author of the controversial book, “Evidence of Harm: Mercury in Vaccines and the Autism Epidemic,” Ms. Wright lashed out at the “old guard” scientists and pioneering autism families. If the old-timers are unable to let go of “failed strategies,” she said, they should “step aside” and let a new generation “have a chance to do something different with this money” that her parents’ charity was dispensing.

    Complaints poured in from those who said Ms. Wright’s remarks were denigrating.

    So, in early June, Bob and Suzanne Wright repudiated their daughter on the charity’s Web site. “Katie Wright is not a spokesperson” for the organization, the Wrights said in a brusque statement. Her “personal views differ from ours.” The Wrights also apologized to “valued volunteers” who had been disparaged. Told by friends how cold the rebuke sounded, Mrs. Wright belatedly added a line saying, “Katie is our daughter, and we love her very much.”

    Ms. Wright called the statement a “character assassination.” She said she had not spoken to her father since. Ms. Wright continues to spend time with her mother, but said they had not discussed the situation.

    “I totally respect if her feelings were hurt,” Mrs. Wright said. “But a lot of feelings were hurt. A lot.”

    Now other autism families who hoped to put their differences aside are shouting at each other in cyberspace. “Our struggle is not and should not be against each other,” said Ilene Lainer, the mother of an autistic child and the executive director of the New York Center for Autism.

    The big tent approach of Autism Speaks appealed to Mel Karmazin, chief executive of Sirius Radio and an early board member and contributor. “If you look at what projects Autism Speaks has funded, we are agnostic,” he said.

    Mr. Karmazin, who also has an autistic grandson, added, “I never wanted to look my grandson in the eye and tell him I’m taking just one viewpoint or that I think it had to be genetic.”

    Bob and Suzanne Wright are sympathetic to Katie’s plight, having witnessed Christian’s sudden regression and his many physical ailments, mostly gastrointestinal, which afflict many autistic children.

    The boy did not respond to behavioral therapies, the Wrights said, leading to their daughter’s desperate search for anything that might help. “When you have that sense of hopelessness, and don’t see results, you do things that other people think is too risky,” Mr. Wright said. “The doctors say, ‘Wait for the science.’ But you don’t have time to wait for the science.”

    The Wrights agreed to disagree with most of Katie’s views. But her public attack on other parents crossed a line, Mr. and Mrs. Wright said in separate telephone interviews.

    “I know my daughter feels deeply that not enough is being done,” Mr. Wright said. “The larger issue is we want to be helpful to everyone, and to do that we need information, data, facts.”

    Some in the traditional scientific community worry that Autism Speaks has let Ms. Wright’s experience shape its agenda. She scoffs at the notion. Her parents, she said in a telephone interview, are “courageous” and “trying very hard,” but have been slow to explore alternative approaches.

    “You can say it and say it and say it,” she said. “Show me evidence that they’re actively researching vaccines.”

    The Wright family’s fight has captured the attention of the bloggers, who are now questioning everything from its office lease to how it makes grants. The charity rebutted the bloggers’ accusations of improprieties in interviews with The New York Times, which examined its IRS forms and read relevant sections to Gerald A. Rosenberg, former head of the New York State attorney general’s charities bureau. He said nothing he reviewed was untoward.

    The most distinctive aspect of Autism Speaks is its alliance with Autism Coalition for Research and Education, an advocacy group; the National Alliance for Autism Research, devoted to scientific research into potential genetic causes, with high standards for peer review; and Cure Autism Now, which has championed unconventional theories and therapies.

    Which wing of the merged charity is ascendant? Some establishment scientists and parents now fear it is The Mercurys. They point to Cure Autism Now’s having more seats than the National Alliance does on the board of directors and the growing number of research projects that focus on environmental causes.

    At a recent benefit gala, featuring Bill Cosby and Toni Braxton, some in the audience were surprised when Mr. Wright announced that all proceeds would go toward environmental research, which generally includes vaccines.

    But a list of current research grants on the Autism Speaks Web site suggests that the Wrights, while walking a fine line, are leaning toward genetic theories.

    From 2005 to 2007, the charity sponsored $11.5 million in grants for genetic research (compared with $5.9 million by all its partners between 1997 and 2004). It sponsored $4.4 million in environmental research (down from $6 million granted by the partners in the previous seven years). And many of the environmental studies explore what is known as the double-hit hypothesis: That the genes for autism may be activated in some children by exposure to mercury or other neuro-toxins.

    Bob and Suzanne Wright say their two-year immersion into the world of autism has been an eye-opener, especially the heated arguments worthy of the Hatfields and McCoys.

    Mrs. Wright is aware that the marriage of the Alliance and Cure Autism Now, for instance, could fall apart over opposing ideologies. “I’m not going to let it,” she said. “The truth will rise to the top.”

    She is also aware that the rift in her own family needs repair: On Friday, her daughter posted a message on an autism Web site questioning their “personal denouncement of me.”

    Yet Mrs. Wright is confident that “we’ll work our way through this.” Autism, she said “has done enough damage to my family. I’m not letting it do any more.”


    Peak Test of Technology on Mount Everest

    ,

    Lonni Sue Johnson
    June 18, 2007
    Link by Link

    Conquering the Peak Test of Technology

    AFTER weeks of climbing, Rod Baber recently reached the summit of Mount Everest, a dream fulfilled. At the top of the world, as dawn was breaking, he took off his oxygen mask and called his voice mailbox, leaving an exuberant, if weary, message.

    “Hi, this is Rod, making the world’s highest phone call. It’s the 21st of May, I have no idea what time it is.” He then looked at his watch. “It’s 5:37. It’s about minus 30. It’s cold. It’s fantastic. The Himalayas are everywhere.”

    It was either the first mobile phone call made from the top of Mount Everest, as Mr. Baber and Motorola, which set up his voice mail, proclaim, or the umpteenth, as climbing experts who track the comings and goings there say.

    It has taken a couple of generations of technological improvements, but Mount Everest, one of the most remote places on earth, is now officially overexposed.

    Tom Sjogren who with his wife, Tina, founded mounteverest.net, a news site that reports on ascents of the mountain, estimated that at least 70 teams on Mount Everest “did more or less daily Internet updates with images, text, positions and videos from the mountain.”

    His business, humanedgetech.com, which sells communications equipment used by climbing teams, outfitted 20 teams this year, Mr. Sjogren said. (More than 500 people are estimated to have reached the peak this year, a record.)

    The effort to digitally connect Everest has been aided by a series of technological breakthroughs, including a faster, cheaper satellite modem for sending files destined for the Internet, and the introduction this spring of a light, relatively inexpensive Thuraya satellite phone that can take pictures and video and upload them. (The Thuraya, with a long antenna, is already a favorite of insurgents around the world, too.)

    Mr. Sjogren speculated that a climber could use the phone to shoot a brief video clip, process it with a P.D.A. (laptops fail at Everest heights) and then beam it directly to a Web site.

    “The threshold is so low, it is very possible that someone has done it,” Mr. Sjogren said.

    In late April, protesters at the base camp worked with the same kind of equipment to broadcast the unfurling of a banner against China’s control of Tibet. As described on an activist Web site, realitysandwich.com, the protesters recorded the event and at the same time transmitted it to a MacBook 20 feet away. The file was compressed, sent via satellite to another computer run by Students for a Free Tibet, then uploaded to YouTube and other sites. The protesters were spotted and detained before being expelled.

    “Because we knew we were probably going to be arrested, we needed to get the footage out live,” said one of the protesters, according to the activist Web site.

    The Web site ueverest.com, while not setting records or conveying any protests, is an excellent example of how much material can be regularly updated and communicated to sea level from the remote mountain, including daily video and audio clips, photographs and blogs, even charts tracking the heart rates of the climbers.

    Requiring the attention of two full-time staff members, the site is part of a project to film a team that is retracing the failed ascent of the north side of Everest by the British explorer George Mallory and his climbing partner, Sandy Irvine, in 1924. (A documentary on the film’s production is also planned, said Anthony Geffen, the producer.)

    Mr. Mallory and Mr. Irvine died on the mountain, leaving a riddle: had they made it to the top? When Mr. Mallory’s body was found in 1999 at an altitude of more than 26,000 feet, the riddle remained. The re-creation of the Mallory ascent — with period costume and equipment — in part is meant to explore how plausible it is that they succeeded.

    “He was a pioneer of the time,” said Mr. Geffen by satellite telephone from the advanced base camp at 21,000 feet. “When he came to Everest nobody had a map of the place, and he went higher than anyone else for 30 or more years.”

    The climbers who recreated his trek reached the summit on Thursday. And the Web site, perhaps in an example of technology for technology’s sake, that day prominently displayed video footage of the radio receiving a transmission reporting the climbers’ success on the way. (The next day there was video taken at the summit of the mountain.)

    The main information-technology specialist on the team, Mark Kahrl, rattled off the technological challenges of managing a Web site from the Himalayas.

    “Hardware doesn’t work well in this environment,” Mr. Kahrl said from the base camp. Hard drives, for example, fail because of the thin air, although “we’ve only gone through three.” Knowing this, the team brought extras, and made sure to take iPod Shuffles, which use a memory system that is not affected by the altitude, he said.

    As the Mallory trek team reveled last week in its success, the members also said that they were reveling in the quiet. The circus had left the base camp, which Mr. Kahrl said was “like a Hollywood production set,” with all its flat-screen TVs and generators.

    The climbing team gambled by being the last of the season’s climbers to make the ascent — though in many ways it had to wait, since you can’t exactly recreate an authentic climb of 80 years ago with a different climbing group ahead of you speaking on a mobile phone and another behind you videoconferencing with sponsors. There was a chance, however, that monsoon season would begin and jeopardize the trip.

    While praising Mr. Mallory as “a man of today” and a “pioneer,” Mr. Geffen conceded that because of those qualities “he wouldn’t go to Everest today — people are crawling all over it.”

  • Today’s Papers,Google,Advice,History,Cartoon,Weapon,Tardiness,Ocean pollution, Sharapova,

    Fly on the Gallery Wall

    Erin Wigger for The New York Times

    Danielle Ganek at her book party at (where else?) the Guggenheim Museum.

    June 3, 2007

    A Fly on the Gallery Wall

    AT a glance, Mia, the self-effacing heroine of “Lulu Meets God and Doubts Him,” Danielle Ganek’s catty vivisection of the New York art world, has little in common with her peers. They are “gallerinas,” formidably icy girl Fridays, imperious behind their steel-and-stone desks at Manhattan galleries.

    In her debut novel Ms. Ganek flicks at these glorified receptionists, “pretentious creatures in intellectual fashion and high heels, dripping with attitude and sarcasm.” Black-clad ravens to Mia’s genteel wren, they trade in impeccable pedigrees, glossy sex appeal and, mostly, information.

    As for Mia, a failed artist, “I never get the poop,” she says forlornly more than halfway through the book. And then, one day, she does. By the tale’s denouement, she has gleaned enough inside intelligence to impress everyone in her rarefied orbit — the reclusive artists, the pompous dealers, the art-lusting collectors, “horny as teenagers.” And she has enough poop to write a scathing tell-all about the after-hours scheming inside the proverbial Chelsea white box.

    Like Ms. Ganek, her real-world alter ego, Mia also gets to live out the cherished fantasy of certain striving New Yorkers: A self-described exile with uncommon reserves of cunning and patience, Mia becomes the ultimate insider, penetrating the private recesses of her arcane world.

    Ms. Ganek, 43, who wore a tailored white shirt, a beige skirt and tan sling-backs for an interview last week, shares more with Mia than her demure wardrobe. Bubbling beneath that studiedly low-key surface is a well of ambition. “I definitely have painted, badly. I can relate to that aspect of Mia’s story,” she said last week, over chilled mineral water on a rooftop terrace at the Barbara Gladstone Gallery in Chelsea. Without irony, she added, “I have wrestled with the creative process. Mia, on some level, her story is autobiographical.”

    But while Mia acquires much of her stinging material sitting behind her concrete slab of a desk, Ms. Ganek gathers hers at the constellation of Chelsea galleries where she is a frequent visitor, and at the art fairs and galas she attends with her husband, David K. Ganek, a hedge fund manager and a Guggenheim trustee. Last year the Ganeks served as chairmen of the Guggenheim’s International Dinner, raising an impressive $4 million for the museum.

    Ms. Ganek writes at a computer in her duplex, with its four bedrooms and a library, at 740 Park Avenue, one of the city’s most prestigious co-ops. Purchased last year for around $19 million, it houses a collection that includes works by noted art world humorists like Richard Prince, Maurizio Cattelan and Jeff Koons.

    Prominent collectors (“Yes, you can read ‘prominent’ as ‘wealthy,’ ” Mia informs her readers), the Ganeks are well acquainted with the machinations of an overheated market, in which, as Mia’s boss observes, “art is the new cocaine,” and the measure of an artwork is its price.

    Ms. Ganek, the daughter of Frank DiGiacomo, a former financial vice president of W. R. Grace, grew up in Switzerland and Brazil but considers herself a committed New Yorker. Since settling in Manhattan two years ago with her husband, who founded his fund, Level Global, in 2003, she has maintained a quiet presence.

    But that is likely to change with the publication tomorrow of “Lulu,” which its publisher, Viking, is marketing as the “Devil Wears Prada” of the Chelsea set. Poised to become a hot beach read, the book also promises to ease Ms. Ganek’s transition from working mom and former magazine editor to certified member of A-list society in Manhattan.

    Her ascent seems assured. Earlier this spring she was one of the most talked about women at a gathering at Sloan Barnett’s Georgian town house on the Upper East Side of Manhattan. Last Wednesday night she was the guest of Lisa Dennison, the Guggenheim director, who gave her a book party at the museum. Her photo frequently appears in The New York Social Diary, a Web site. She has been photographed at dinners in honor of designers to the Uptown crowd, and has overseen charity benefits at her home in Southampton, N.Y.

    IN her book, the title character, an artists’ muse, is urged to use her hip girl-about-town status to introduce her own fashion label. Clearly Ms. Ganek knows a thing or two about self-branding. “She is a textbook lesson on how to do it,” said David Patrick Columbia, the publisher of Social Diary.” “She takes all of her advantages — her talent, her husband’s financial aura, her involvement in one of the city’s major charities” — City Harvest — “and uses them optimally.”

    Mr. Columbia maintained that Ms. Ganek has shrewdly applied business techniques to raise her profile socially. Yet Ms. Ganek insisted, “I don’t have any social agenda. If you’re talking about people who go to a lot of benefits, that’s not what I do. It’s very disconcerting to go out and do these interviews,” she added. “I’m basically quite shy.”

    Still, as Janet Maslin observed in a book review in The New York Times on Monday, Ms. Ganek’s rising stature and “proximity to her subject gives her an insider’s wisdom without seriously compromising her ability to dish.”

    Ms. Ganek seems to have had little trouble reconciling her new insider status with an exile’s point of view. “As an American living abroad, I have always been an outsider,” she said.

    Mia, too, seems at first to hover in the margins. Like any self-respecting chick-lit heroine, she skewers her boss, Simon Pryce, a peacock in Turnbull & Asser with an immovable coiffure. At the same time she nurses a crush on a young art adviser, a charmer with lank hair and a camel coat slung over his broad shoulders. ” ‘Lulu Meets God and Doubts Him’ is a genre book,” Ms. Maslin acknowledged in her review, but as a genre book, “it’s better than most.”

    Ms. Ganek’s tale centers on the fate of the painting that gives the book its strangely weighty title, a 9-by-12-foot portrait of a 9-year-old girl wielding a dripping brush. The work is by Jeffrey Finelli, a one-armed “emerging” artist in his 50s, who has briefly returned to New York from his adoptive home in Italy for the premiere showing of his paintings.

    On the night of his opening, Finelli steps onto the rain-slicked street in front of the Pryce Gallery and is struck by a cab. With his demise comes the inevitable spike in the value of his work, “Lulu” in particular, and the equally inevitable skirmish as a hive of scheming dealers, collectors and celebrities zoom in for the kill.

    They include speculators and art trophy hunters like Martin Better, a real estate developer known to drop “five, ten, even twenty or thirty million on a piece with the nonchalant air of a housewife grabbing a box of Honey Nut Cheerios at the Stop & Shop.” There is the greedy collector Connie Kantor, married to a toilet-paper-dispenser magnate, “a moving sight gag” in five-inch heels and hooded mink sweatshirt, carrying the requisite Birkin bag, “so big it looks fake, but Connie doesn’t have the confidence to carry a fake.”

    Ms. Ganek does not spare the big-ticket artists, flimflammers like Dane O’Neill, known equally for his sprawling installations and for getting naked at parties. She takes aim, too, at operators like the contessa, Finelli’s mistress, regal in black, trailing hashish plumes from her ivory cigarette holder.

    Her characters have given rise to a flurry of speculation about who might be their real-life models.

    “Certain people are composites,” said Amy Cappellazzo, the international co-head of postwar and contemporary art at Christie’s.

    INDEED, a dealer like Simon bears a superficial resemblance to Philippe Ségalot, a New York dealer with a famously leonine mane. Stock figures, Ms. Ganek’s characters nonetheless ring true. They are bound to, Ms. Cappellazzo said: “Sitting in back rooms with someone trying to sell her something, you can’t deny that she has firsthand experience in this area.”

    Ms. Ganek acknowledged that it is intriguing to play that kind of guessing game: “The art world has such colorful characters, almost costumed in the way they dress.” But while her book reads like a roman à clef, “mine are really made-up characters,” she insisted. “I don’t mean to sound defensive. It’s a fact.”

    She is more comfortable discussing her family. She has no regrets about moving to New York from Greenwich, Conn., with her husband and three children, now 12, 10, and 5. “We have always been passionate New Yorkers,” she said. When one of their sons was about to enter the fifth grade, “we looked at that as a time to come home.”

    She is passionate, too, about the artists she is drawn to, those who comment acerbically “on the human condition and who use humor effectively,” she said. Among her treasures is a Cattelan work called “Cheap to Feed,” a tiny stuffed lap dog that sits in the entry of her home.

    “When people come into our house, they say hello, they interact with it,” Ms. Ganek confided mischievously. “It makes for interesting conversation when I have to explain, ‘No, our dog isn’t dead.’ “


     

    The Process of Remembering

    Yarek Waszul

    Related

    Web LinkDecreased Demands on Cognitive Control Reveal the Neural Processing Benefits of Forgetting (Nature Neuroscience)

    June 5, 2007

    Forgetting May Be Part of the Process of Remembering

    Whether drawing a mental blank on a new A.T.M. password, a favorite recipe or an old boyfriend, people have ample opportunity every day to curse their own forgetfulness. But forgetting is also a blessing, and researchers reported on Sunday that the ability to block certain memories reduces the demands on the brain when it is trying to recall something important.

    The study, appearing in the journal Nature Neuroscience, is the first to record visual images of people’s brains as they suppress distracting memories. The more efficiently that study participants were tuning out irrelevant words during a word-memorization test, the sharper the drop in activity in areas of their brains involved in recollection. Accurate remembering became easier, in terms of the energy required.

    Blocking out a distracting memory is something like ignoring an old (and perhaps distracting) acquaintance, experts say: it makes it that much harder to reconnect the next time around. But recent studies suggest that the brain plays favorites with memories in exactly this way, snubbing some to better capture others. A lightning memory, in short, is not so much a matter of capacity as it is of ruthless pruning — and the new study catches the trace of this process at it happens.

    “We’ve argued for some time that forgetting is adaptive, that people actively inhibit some memories to facilitate mental focus,” as when they are trying to recall a friend’s new phone number or the location of a parking space, said Michael Anderson, a professor of cognitive neuroscience at the University of Oregon.

    Dr. Anderson, who was not involved in the new research, said it was ” important new work because it maps out how this is happening neurobiologically.”

    The researchers, neuroscientists at Stanford University, used a memory test intended to gauge how well people can recall studied words from among many similar words they have also seen. They had 20 young men and women, mostly Stanford students, view in quick succession a list of 240 word pairs. These included 40 capitalized words, each paired with six related, lower-case words: For example, “ATTIC-dust,” “ATTIC-junk,” and so on.

    After studying the pairs, the participants were instructed to memorize three selected pairs from each of 20 capitalized words. In effect, this forced them to flag individual pairs, like ATTIC-dust, while trying to tune out very similar, distracting ones, like ATTIC-junk, for half of the total list of pairs they saw. They were told not to memorize any pairs from the other half of the list.

    The researchers tested each person’s memory several times, and found that scores ranged from about 30 percent accuracy to 80 percent. They also measured how well each person suppressed the distracting word pairs, by comparing recall of those pairs with recall of the half of the list that was studied at first but later ignored. All the testing was done while participants were having their brains scanned by an M.R.I. machine.

    “We found that the magnitude of the decrease in activity on M.R.I. was correlated to the amount of weakening of these competing memories” when the subjects were recalling the target words, said Brice Kuhl, a graduate student in the psychology department at Stanford and the study’s lead author. His co-authors were Anthony Wagner, Nicole Dudukovic and Itamar Kahn.

    In particular, the researchers found that the more a study participant had suppressed the memory of distracting word pairs, the steeper the decrease in activity in a region of the brain called the anterior cingulated cortex. This neural area is especially active when people are engaged in weighing choices, say, in choosing which card to play in a game of hearts with two or more good options.

    “From a broader point of view, given what we know about this area, the activity decreases as the task becomes more automatic, less demanding,” said Dr. Wagner, the senior author.

    People blank on new passwords so often because of the distracting presence of old or other current passwords. The better the brain can block those distracting digits, the easier it can bring to mind the new ones, Dr. Wagner said.

    This process is extremely familiar to people who have been immersed in a foreign language. In a recent study of native English speakers led by Dr. Anderson, researchers showed that beginners being drilled in Spanish were very slow to link pictures and words in English, compared with more bilingual participants. Those fluent in both languages had resolved the competition between the two tongues, inhibiting the encroachment, for example, of the word “zapato” on the word “shoe.”

    In all, this research suggests that memories are more often crowded out than lost. An ideal memory improvement program, Dr. Anderson said, “would include a course on how to impair your memory. Your head is full of a surprising number of things that you don’t need to know.”

    The findings should also reduce some of the anxiety surrounding “senior moments,” researchers say. Some names, numbers and details are hard to retrieve not because memory is faltering, but because it is functioning just as it should.


     

    Sharapova Fends Off Jeers and Two Match Points

    Alex Klein/European Pressphoto Agency

    Maria Sharapova, seeded second, advanced to the French Open quarterfinals for the third time in her career. She played in front of a crowd that supported Schnyder.

    June 4, 2007

    Sharapova Fends Off Jeers and Schnyder’s Two Match Points

    PARIS, June 3 — Her long blond ponytail soaked with sweat, Maria Sharapova stood at midcourt Sunday, smiling and blowing kisses to the crowd booing her.

    The stadium rumbled with jeers as she defeated Patty Schnyder in a tense fourth-round match, 3-6, 6-4, 9-7. Sharapova struck the ball with unrelenting power for 2 hours 37 minutes, eventually saving two match points. Still, the fans, reacting to what they perceived to be an earlier moment of poor sportsmanship, seemed to see nothing but a villain in a blue clingy tennis dress.

    “It’s tough playing tennis and being Mother Teresa at the same time and making everyone happy,” Sharapova said, unemotionally, after the match.

    The second-seeded Sharapova advanced to the French Open quarterfinals for the third time in her career. She has never made it past that round. She will play No. 9-seeded Anna Chakvetadze, who defeated No. 25 Lucie Safarova in three sets Sunday.

    By then, the fans may have settled down. On Sunday, even Schnyder failed to persuade the audience to quell its anger. As the spectators booed, she lifted her right index finger to her lips, to try to hush them. But her effort was useless.

    In the third set, those catcalls had reached ear-splitting decibels. As Sharapova was serving with the score 7-7, 30-love, a fan shouted. Rattled, Schnyder had lifted her hand to indicate that she was not ready, but the serve had already landed on her side of the net. When the umpire refused to replay the point, and Sharapova did not offer to do so, the crowd erupted.

    Sharapova said she never considered offering to replay that point, considering the closeness of the match. Later, Schnyder did not complain.

    “I was distracted, and it was the public’s choice to do it; I didn’t boo,” Schnyder said. “I think we should appreciate the champion she is.”

    She added: “At the end, she was the big champion. I’m the little one who could not win.”

    Schnyder, who is ranked 15th in the world, ended the match with a forehand that flew wide. On the opposite side of the court, Sharapova buried her face in her hands, as emotions washed over her.

    She held her fist to her chest as she looked around the stands, seemingly deaf to the crowd’s angry roars. Though she looked on the verge of tears, she denied it later, saying she was simply grateful to have won.

    In other fourth-round matches Sunday, Roger Federer, the world’s No. 1 men’s player, defeated Mikhail Youzhny for the 10th time in a row, 7-6 (3), 6-4, 6-4. Federer will play ninth-seeded Tommy Robredo in the quarterfinals. Nikolay Davydenko, seeded fourth, also advanced and will play No. 19 Guillermo Cañas.

    On the women’s side, No. 1 Justine Henin and No. 8 Serena Williams both won their matches, setting up a rematch of the 2003 semifinal here. That match four years ago was similar to Sharapova’s match Sunday.

    There was jeering and a disputed call for time that added to the intensity of a crowd that was already on Henin’s side. Williams left the court in tears. Henin left with her first Grand Slam title.

    But much has changed since that emotionally charged match, which signified the best moment of Henin’s career and the worst of Williams’s. Both say they have matured since then.

    “I’ve been through death,” Williams said. “I had surgery I think since then. I’ve been through a lot.”

    Williams, the 2002 French Open champion, said she had become more cynical since 2003. Her half-sister Yetunde Price was murdered that year. Also, left-knee problems resulted in surgery and have plagued her career. Last year, Williams nearly fell out of the top 100 because of those injuries.

    This year, though, she came back to win the Australian Open, ranked 81st.

    “It takes a strong person to be at the bottom of the barrel,” said Williams, 25. “I was really down there, and it’s hard to be able to come back, especially when everyone seems against you and you have so many doubters.”

    Henin has changed in completely different ways. She has gone from aloof to outgoing. After her 6-2, 6-4 victory against No. 20 Sybille Bammer on Sunday, she turned to the crowd and even giggled as she soaked up the atmosphere.

    Until recently, Henin had been a loner on the women’s tour. There were reasons for that. Her mother died of cancer when Henin was 12. Afterward, Henin distanced herself from her father and three siblings to make a life on her own.

    But since separating from her husband, Pierre-Yves Hardenne, late last year, Henin has begun to emerge from behind the wall she had built around her. She said that two weeks ago she restored contact with her estranged father and siblings, whom she had not spoken with in years, calling it “a lot of joy.”

    “I just tried to become a better person,” said Henin, 25, who added: “I want to get more concerned, more involved, and a lot of things have changed. I feel much better about myself.”

    Henin said that she and Williams had not discussed that stressful 2003 semifinal. But both players have one thing in common: they want to forget that conflict.

    They played a final in Miami in March without incident. Williams won in three sets. “I let it go, and obviously she did,” Williams said. “Or whether she did or not, it doesn’t matter anymore. This is a new year.”


     

    Surf’s Up

    . Emilio Flores for The New York Times

    The water conditions at Surfrider Beach in Malibu are poor.

    J. Emilio Flores for The New York Times

    The Figueroa family stays on the beach in Santa Monica

    June 3, 2007

    Surf’s Up, but the Water Is Brown

    Los Angeles

    TO the naked eye, Surfrider Beach in Malibu, Calif., couldn’t be lovelier: on a recent Friday, in 60-degree weather, the patch of the coastal mountains behind Malibu Pier was shrouded in morning fog. A flock of birds flew low over a sparse crowd of sunbathers, bobbing surfers and a lifeguard doing abdominals on a beach towel in front of his tower.

    But Eric Gross, a 28-year-old creative director at his family’s graphic design studio who has been coming to Surfrider since childhood for its smooth, manicured wave, quickly shattered any postcard-quality impressions of this premier surfing beach.

    Take the stench emanating from the nearby lagoon, where Malibu Creek meets the sea, he noted.

    “You see discoloration and big brown blobs, like in a sewer,” Mr. Gross said of the days when the lagoon overflows and dumps untreated sewage on the waters he uses three to seven times a week. “Sometimes the water just stinks. You wash off in the shower and you’ve got this smell on you all day.”

    Then there’s the taste. “Have you ever tasted bong water by accident?” he asked. “It’s just this muck.”

    And the sore throats. “Sometimes you don’t know if you have a cold or you’re sick from the water,” Mr. Gross said. “Who knows what the long term effects are.”

    If Los Angeles County conjures images of a warm paradise of curled waves and palm trees, the locals know better. They live along a coast with the dubious distinction of having 7 of the state’s 10 most polluted beaches, according to the latest report card from the environmental group Heal the Bay, which has given beaches like Surfrider a failing grade year after year.

    Many Southern Californians find contentment just looking at the ocean from their sun decks, grateful for their views and the clean air. But there are those who persist in braving the water, never mind the historic counts of bacteria from fecal matter and other sources that can cause skin rashes, ear infections and gastrointestinal ailments, or the signs that spell out the dangers with warnings like “contact with ocean water at this location may increase risk of illness.”

    So who are these people? Among the fearless: inlanders escaping the suffocating heat; tourists who don’t know any better; and die-hard surfers who try to protect themselves by taking vitamins, by making sure their hepatitis and tetanus vaccinations are up to date, and by rinsing body cavities with hydrogen peroxide.

    “You get all your shots, you stay away certain times,” said Mr. Gross’s father, Paul, 60, another longtime surfer who comes out three to four times a week. He matter-of-factly detailed his post-surf regimen: “You take showers here and put hydrogen peroxide in your ears and gargle with hydrogen peroxide diluted with water.”

    But many tourists come for the lifeguards, or at least settle for them. Gabriel Campos, a lifeguard for the last 35 summer seasons at the beach by the Santa Monica Municipal Pier, which is a perennial environmental underachiever, said the tourists want their pictures taken with a real-life model for “Baywatch.”

    “I’ve done five shots with people today,” said Mr. Campos, 52. Residents often don’t bother with the water. Investigators studying beach attendance for the Santa Monica Bay Restoration Commission say the beaches of Santa Monica Bay — a 60-mile stretch from Malibu south to the Palos Verdes Peninsula — are drawing almost one million fewer visits each year, largely because of public apprehensions about the water.

    Water quality typically plummets when it rains, with contaminated runoff from the street and storm drain systems ending up in the ocean.

    This year’s Heal the Bay report card, released on May 23, found that the state as a whole had above-average water quality because of a drought over the last year, but a dramatic drop in quality in the Long Beach area meant that Los Angeles County retained its status as the state’s leading “beach bummer.” (Right before the Memorial Day weekend, about 5,000 gallons of sewage spilled into the waters off the Venice district of Los Angeles because of a blocked sewer line, prompting a two-day closure of several portions of two popular beaches.)

    THOSE craving a dip can easily drive to cleaner beaches. Sometimes the closest clean beach is less than a mile away, and 57 percent of Los Angeles County’s beaches still score an “A” or “B” in dry weather. But many of the dirty beaches have their own storied appeal and social scenes. Last weekend, the beach by the Santa Monica Municipal Pier, which sits at the foot of luxury hotels and a bustling commercial district, was packed with the usual mix of tourists, cliques of young people and families, many of them working-class Latinos.

    “I try not to swallow the water,” said a 26-year-old accountant from Pasadena after taking a dip.

    The accountant, who adamantly refused to give his name, said he came to this beach to swim as often as twice a week in the summer because it was near restaurants and bars and he could “tan and go party.”

    “It’s a hub,” he said. “Obviously you want to go where there are people.”

    But Jameel Chahal, 22, a friend in the accountant’s group who was visiting from Canada, looked around almost in disgust. The water was brown and two dead sea lions had washed up, hardly an enticement to dip in as much as toe. (It was unclear what killed the animals, but a higher level of marine-mammal and seabird deaths this year has been linked to an increase in a naturally occurring toxin produced by algae.) “I’ve never seen this color,” Mr. Chahal said of the water. “If you look out 100 meters, you don’t see water that’s clear. Why jump in the water when it’s dirty like that?”

    Many beachgoers come for everything but the water. Charlie and Lizette Figueroa said the temperature had reached 80 degrees by midmorning at their home in Ontario, 35 miles east of Los Angeles. They decided to pack up a cooler, shovels and buckets for their two children and drive one hour west to Santa Monica. On the beach, the children, ages 2 and 4, made a hole to bury their father while the couple sat on beach chairs fully dressed, enjoying the cool breeze.

    No one was getting wet.

    “We’re here just to relax and for the kids to play in the sand,” said Mrs. Figueroa, 23, a supervisor for a bus company. “My kids would rather go in the swimming pool. My son doesn’t want to go in here. He says that the water looks dirty.”

    Linwood Pendleton, a professor in the school of public health at the University of California, Los Angeles, who is the principal investigator on the study on beach attendance, said that Southern Californians have become unnecessarily fearful of the ocean. He said that the area does a better job at testing water quality than elsewhere in the country, so public awareness of the issue is high.

    “People should look around at all the beaches and choose the ones with the lowest risk, but don’t stay home,” he said. “The beach in Southern California is our Central Park, our open space.”

    Mr. Pendleton is co-author of a study, released last year, that said as many as 1.5 million cases of sickness in Los Angeles and Orange Counties each year could be attributed to bacterial pollution in the ocean. Mr. Pendleton said that represented only a 1 percent chance of becoming sick. Even at the worst beaches, he said, the chance of becoming sick is relatively low, 5 to 15 percent.

    State and county officials say that this area has the most polluted beaches because it is the state’s most populous region, noting that both development and people’s behavior — such as not cleaning up after their dogs — contributed to the problem. The county also is among the first in the state to collect samples directly in front of storm drains and creeks, where the water quality is worse.

    But the officials said that cities are facing new requirements to limit bacteria at their beaches, and that $135 million in state bonds is going to cover the treatment of storm-related sewage problems at the worst sites.

    “California is cleaning up its beaches,” said William L. Rukeyser, a spokesman for the State Water Resources Control Board.

    Even Surfrider has been on a roll lately, with a string of passing grades in Heal the Bay’s weekly report card. For surfers like Eric and Paul Gross, forgoing the beach they consider home base is not an option.

    “No matter what the dangers are,” the elder Mr. Gross said, “this is still one of the best breaks.”


     

     

    For the Chronically Late

    Chris Reed
    June 3, 2007
    Career Couch

    For the Chronically Late, It’s Not a Power Trip

    Q. You’re late … again. Why can’t you be on time?

    A. Contrary to suspicions, most chronically tardy people are not aiming to annoy those around them, said Diana DeLonzor, author of “Never Be Late Again” (Post Madison Publishing) and a former late person.

    People should not take a co-worker’s lateness personally, she said: “It’s not usually about control. It’s not that they don’t value your time. It’s not that they like the attention when they walk into the room.”

    She added: “Most late people have been late all their life, and they are late for every type of activity — good or bad.”

    Surprisingly little scientific research has been done on tardiness, but some experts subscribe to the theory that certain people are hardwired to be late and that part of the problem may be embedded deep in the lobes of the brain.

    Q. Do tardy people tend to have a certain personality type?

    A. Ms. DeLonzor says she has found that many late people can be divided into two categories. First there is the deadliner, who, she said, is “subconsciously drawn to the adrenaline rush of the sprint to the finish line.” (That once described herself, she said.) Then there is the producer, “who gets an ego boost from getting as much done in as little time as possible.”

    Many late people tend to be both optimistic and unrealistic, she said, and this affects their perception of time. They really believe they can go for a run, pick up their clothes at the dry cleaners, buy groceries and drop off the kids at school in an hour. They remember that single shining day 10 years ago when they really did all those things in 60 minutes flat, and forget all the other times that everything took much, much longer.

    Q. How can chronic tardiness affect a business?

    A. In schedule-driven jobs, lateness can have a direct effect on a company’s bottom line. Calls go unanswered, deliveries are late or an assembly line can’t operate. In other jobs, the effect is more diffuse but can also be damaging, to both productivity and morale.

    For one thing, “unnecessary noise and distraction” occur as other employees discuss and work around a co-worker’s tardiness, said Manny Avramidis, senior vice president for global human resources at the American Management Association.

    It can be especially disruptive when a co-worker continually shows up late to meetings, Mr. Avramidis said. The discussion is interrupted and information must be repeated to the tardy newcomer, wasting everyone else’s time.

    Q. Can being late all the time hurt a career?

    A. Yes. At a place like a manufacturing plant or a call center, it can be grounds for dismissal if it occurs often enough. But it can damage a career even in jobs where schedules are more flexible. Tardy people tend to think that they can make up for their lateness by working extra hours, Ms. DeLonzor said, “but they can never overcome the fact that it makes a very bad impression.” Managers, she found in her research, “are less likely to promote tardy employees.”

    Q. What can someone do to try to be more punctual?

    A. Lateness is a very difficult habit to overcome, Ms. DeLonzor said, even though it truly hurts the offending person’s life. Telling a late person to be on time is like telling a dieter, “Don’t eat so much,” she said.

    Here are some steps she recommends to become more punctual:

    HAVE A STRATEGY Make a commitment to work on the problem every day for at least a month.

    RELEARN HOW TO TELL TIME Late people tend to underestimate the amount of time their activities take by 25 percent to 30 percent, she said. Write down all your activities and clock how long they actually take.

    NEVER PLAN TO BE ON TIME Instead, plan to be early. Punctual people build in extra transit time because they know that unexpected delays can occur. Many tardy people — in their naïve optimism — have never learned to do this.

    WELCOME THE WAIT Bring a magazine, a book or some language tapes so that you can entertain yourself and get something done while you wait.

    Q. In some cases, shouldn’t a company just appreciate a tardy person’s many other excellent qualities and accept the lateness?

    A. “Sometimes more creative individuals live by their own clock and find it more difficult to be on time,” said Phyllis Hartman, owner of PGHR Consulting in Pittsburgh. So an employer accepts a noon arrival time in exchange for brilliance and innovation.

    And as technology enables more salaried employees to work from home, and even on their vacations, some employers are becoming more tolerant of lateness, said George Faulkner, a principal with the health and benefits area of Mercer Human Resource Consulting. They will be more likely to measure productivity based on results rather than hours clocked inside a cubicle.

    The problem is that if salaried employees are not punctual, but expect their hourly workers to be on time, there is the appearance of a double standard, Mr. Faulkner said. A perception of unfairness can affect morale, so the difference in working patterns needs to be made clear.

    Among all workers, employers must be aware of any personal situations that may be causing tardiness, Ms. Hartman and Mr. Faulkner said. A sick spouse or child, a transportation problem or a personal problem may be throwing a worker off schedule and require some accommodation in the workplace.

    As Ms. Hartman said: “When possible I do believe that employers should provide flexibility. But you can’t hurt the work of the company either.”


     

     

    A Hot-Selling Weapon

    Don Zaidle/Texas Fish & Game magazine

    On his Texas ranch in February, Ted Nugent, left, showed an AR-15 rifle to Jim Zumbo, an outdoors writer

    The Tricked-Out RifleGraphic

    The Tricked-Out Rifle

    June 3, 2007

    A Hot-Selling Weapon, an Inviting Target

    LAST February, Jim Zumbo, a burly, 66-year-old outdoors writer, got a phone call at his home near Cody, Wyo., from the rock star — and outspoken Second Amendment champion — Ted Nugent. “You messed up, man,” Mr. Zumbo says Mr. Nugent told him. “Big time.”

    Two days earlier, Mr. Zumbo, a leading hunting journalist, outraged Mr. Nugent and many other gun owners when he suggested in a blog post that increasingly popular semiautomatic guns known as “black rifles” be banned from hunting. Mr. Zumbo, stunned that hunters were using the rifles for sport, also suggested giving the guns, prized for their matte black metal finishes, molded plastic parts and combat-ready looks, a new name: “terrorist rifles.”

    Gun enthusiasts’ backlash against Mr. Zumbo was swift. He parted company with his employer, Outdoor Life magazine. Mr. Zumbo says on his Web site that he was “terminated”; the magazine says that it and Mr. Zumbo agreed that he would resign.

    But a week after hearing from Mr. Nugent, who has a devoted following among gun owners, Mr. Zumbo visited him in Waco, Tex., to make amends. For his part, Mr. Nugent was prepared to give Mr. Zumbo a lesson on the utility and ubiquity of black rifles.

    “These guns are everywhere,” Mr. Nugent explained excitedly in a recent phone interview. “I personally don’t know anybody who doesn’t have two in his truck.”

    Despite their menacing appearance — and in some cases, because of it — black rifles are now the guns of choice for many hunters, target shooters and would-be home defenders. Owners praise their accuracy, ease of use and versatility, as well as their potential to be customized with an array of gadgets. While the gun industry’s overall sales have plateaued and its profits have faded over the last decade, black rifles are selling briskly, says Eric Wold, an analyst in New York for Merriman Curhan Ford.

    Moreover, manufacturers say, for every dollar spent on black rifles, gun buyers spend at least another customizing the guns from an arsenal of accessories. All of this has combined to make black rifles a lone bright spot for long-suffering American gunsmiths.

    Yet Mr. Zumbo is not alone in finding the popularity of black rifles and the trade in them to be disquieting.

    Gun-control advocates say black rifles are simply assault weapons under a different name — and just as dangerous as they were when Congress instituted a ban on some of them in 1994. The ban did not eliminate black rifles; manufacturers were able to make minor changes to comply with the law and kept selling them. (The ban expired in 2004.)

    “What you have are guns essentially designed for close combat,” says Dennis Hennigan, legal director of the Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence in Washington, who notes that a Beretta black rifle was among the weapons obtained by men suspected of plotting a terrorist attack on Fort Dix, N.J. “If your mission is to kill a lot of people very quickly, they’re very well suited for that task.”

    But efforts to ban black rifles seem to have only fueled their rise, analysts say. And while some major gun makers were reluctant to defy the spirit of the 1994 ban, dozens of small companies emerged, and their sales surged. (It didn’t hurt that many gun owners feared greater restrictions down the road, a fear that manufacturers were more than willing to exploit.)

    “Whenever there’s a push like this, business increases as people buy a firearm while they can,” says Mark Westrom, president of ArmaLite Inc., a maker of black rifles in Geneseo, Ill. “If you want to sell something to Americans, just tell them they can’t have it.”

    EVEN as politicians debate increased gun regulation in the wake of the mass shooting at Virginia Tech in April, gun control advocates say they are pessimistic about the chances of reining in black rifles. Illinois legislators who were trying to pass a statewide assault-weapons ban this spring ran into fierce opposition from Mr. Westrom and several other makers of semiautomatics who argued that the proposed law would cost the state jobs and hurt the economy. (The measure is still under consideration.)

    The most popular black rifle has been in production since the early 1960s. In response to the Army’s need for a lightweight infantry rifle, ArmaLite had developed the AR-15, which could switch between semiautomatic (only one round per pull of the trigger) and fully automatic firing (continuous firing when the trigger is pulled). The Colt Firearms Company bought the rights to the gun and the military soon adopted it, calling it the M-16. From Vietnam through the Persian Gulf war, the M-16 was the most common combat weapon, and it remains in use by many American forces.

    Because of restrictions on the sale of automatic weapons, civilians could buy the AR-15 only in a semiautomatic version. But in the 1980s, Colt drew unwanted attention when it was discovered that the gun, which had begun showing up in the arsenals of drug dealers, mobsters and antigovernment militias, could be easily converted to an automatic.

    Colt redesigned the weapon to make converting it much more difficult, but when Congress passed the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, the AR-15 was banned alongside the AK-47, the TEC-9 and 16 other semiautomatic weapons. The act also prohibited semiautomatics that could accept detachable magazines from having more than one of five generic features that were believed to increase the likelihood that the gun would be used in a crime. The National Rifle Association lobbied hard against the bill, but many hunters agreed with the premise that assault weapons were of little use in their sport.

    “These killing machines are the weapon of choice of drug traffickers, violent youth gangs and the seriously deranged bent on revenge through mass murder,” Senator Charles E. Schumer, then a House member from New York who was one of the bill’s champions, said in April 1994. “They have no place in our society.”

    But if the spirit of the law was a blow to black rifles, the letter of it allowed them to live on and thrive. Colt focused on supplying weapons to the military and law enforcement. But competitors were already copying the rifle, since the original patents granted to ArmaLite had expired. All they had to do was rejigger their designs to reduce the number of offending features.

    Demand for black rifles, meanwhile, began to grow. A new generation of hunters, many of whom had fired M-16s in the military, adopted them for shooting predators on rural property and stalking small game. The .223-caliber ammunition they used was inexpensive and easily found. The guns began to get a reputation for being durable despite their light weight; they also loaded automatically (unlike bolt-action hunting rifles) and their recoil was gentle enough for even novice shooters and children to withstand. Once the AR-15 was deemed accurate enough for use in high-powered rifle competitions, it soon became standard issue for target shooters.

    And with the basic design of black rifles open to industrywide adaptations, gun makers began adding their own innovations and accessories to refine and improve the AR-15′s performance. By 2004, when the assault weapons ban expired, black rifles had emerged as a major category in firearms. But while Colt’s sales had shrunk in the intervening years, output exploded for black-rifle specialists like Bushmaster, Rock River Arms and DPMS.

    “The little guys perfected the platform,” says Michael Bane, a gun blogger and writer who is the host of “Shooting Gallery,” a program on the Outdoor Channel on cable television. “They had the 10 years of the ban to get their chops down.”

    But for most of those 10 years, these small manufacturers managed to fly under the radar of many gun owners, including Mr. Zumbo, a self-described traditionalist who says he had seen only one black rifle during a lifetime of hunting. “I had absolutely zero idea of the number of people who are into these types of firearms,” he says.

    Not so for Mr. Nugent, who stocked up on black rifles before the ban took effect and estimates that he now owns about two dozen. If the boom in black rifles began in spite of the federal assault weapons ban, it has accelerated only in the two and a half years since the ban expired. Manufacturers have been freed to revive once-prohibited features like collapsible stocks, flash suppressors and large-capacity magazines.

    Analysts say that images from the Iraq war showing American soldiers armed with black rifles have also helped sales, as have concerns about domestic safety after Sept. 11 and Hurricane Katrina. “People on the street want to use what the people in the military and law enforcement are using,” says Amit Dayal, an analyst at Rodman & Renshaw in New York.

    Based only on the volume of accessories sold — such as high-powered scopes and flashlights — Mr. Bane estimates that as many as 750,000 black rifles, including about 400,000 AR-15s, change hands each year. Brownells, a company in Montezuma, Iowa, a big seller of firearms parts and accessories, says AR-15 gear has become its best-selling product category.

    Because all but a few gun manufacturers are closely held private companies, overall sales figures for the black rifle industry are hard to come by. But companies are required to report their overall rifle production to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, and based on that, many of the small manufacturers that have specialized in the guns are “on the verge of being big,” Mr. Bane says. One, Stag Arms of New Britain, Conn., opened in 2004 and is already producing 2,500 to 3,000 black rifles a month, according to the president and owner, Mark Malkowski. That would be 30,000 to 36,000 a year, roughly the same number that Colt was producing in the late 1990s.

    Buoyant demand has enticed a number of established gunsmiths into the market, too. Smith & Wesson, known for its revolvers, has made black rifles a strategic priority in its turnaround. It introduced its first model in early 2006. It was so popular that the company had to supplement manufacturing of the gun, which had been outsourced, just to meet consumer demand.

    “It’s our hope that we would be the share leader in the category,” says Leland A. Nichols, Smith & Wesson’s chief operating officer. He said that in the company’s own surveys of consumers, its brand outpolled all other black rifle makers before it even had a product on the market.

    A similar story is unfolding at the Remington Arms Company, long one of the strongest brands in hunting rifles. The company started its first line of black rifles earlier this year. In April, Cerberus Capital Management, the private equity firm that recently made a deal to buy Chrysler, agreed to acquire Remington for $370 million, adding it to the gun maker Bushmaster in the fund’s portfolio and raising the possibility of collaboration between the two companies.

    “A month ago black guns were not a business opportunity,” says Al Russo, a spokesman for Remington, citing the growth potential that the Cerberus deal offers. “Now they are.”

    Despite their popularity, black rifles remain a target for advocates of gun control. Seven states, including New York, New Jersey and Connecticut, as well as several major cities, including New York and Chicago, have enacted bans on certain firearms they have deemed assault weapons, including some black rifles.

    In February, Representative Carolyn McCarthy, a New York Democrat, introduced a renewal of the federal ban on assault weapons that would greatly expand the measure. But few expect the bill to gain any traction.

    “It’s highly unlikely that any legislation to move an assault weapons ban is going to happen,” says Kristen Rand, legislative director at the Violence Policy Center, a gun-control lobbying group. “That’s the sad reality on the Hill right now.”

    MS. RAND says it is hard to know how often black rifles are used in crime, because the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives has not reported such statistics to the public since 2001. But based on anecdotal evidence, Ms. Rand says, criminals are favoring imported semiautomatics like AK-47s and SKS rifles, which are cheaper to obtain than AR-15s.

    “We were never claiming that every buyer of an assault weapon is a criminal or is a potential mass killer,” says Mr. Hennigan of the Brady Center. “But the consumers of the assault weapons are going to include a higher percentage of violent criminals than other guns.”

    Gun rights advocates scoff, saying that a .223-caliber bullet that comes out of a black rifle is the same as one fired from other guns. Mr. Nugent scoffs as well.

    “It’s just a neat tool,” he says. “Black rifles are cool. Case closed. The more the better.”

    Mr. Zumbo, chastened by the outcry that his black-rifle comments set off, says he hopes to resume writing about hunting and to revive his popular cable television show, which was put on hiatus when it lost sponsors after the blog post. He says his time at Mr. Nugent’s ranch reminded him that gun owners have to reject banning any firearm, lest it open the door to banning them all. He also says that, like it or not, black rifles are now mainstream.

    “Having met the people who shoot these things, they were regular folks; they weren’t sinister people who were bent on causing harm, they weren’t hostile people,” he says. “They were interested in the guns because they were fun to shoot.”


    Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company

     

    Who Came First?

    Funny, Yes, I Think So

     

     

     

     

    History Boys

     

    by George Packer June 11, 2007

    The crucial moment of Peter Morgan’s new play on Broadway, “Frost/Nixon,” about the four ninety-minute interviews that David Frost conducted with Richard Nixon in 1977, comes not during the famous final session, on Watergate, but the night before. Nixon, who has been drinking, places an imaginary but not unimaginable phone call to Frost, who has been agonizing over his abject failure to direct the conversation in the first three interviews. The ex-President, played by Frank Langella, points out that both men rose up from nowhere and, at that moment, as the decade meanders to a close, both seem bound for oblivion. “If we reflect privately just for a moment,” Nixon muses, “if we allow ourselves a glimpse into that shadowy place we call our soul, isn’t that why we’re here now? The two of us? Looking for a way back? Into the sun? Into the limelight? Back onto the winner’s podium? Because we could feel it slipping away? We were headed, both of us, for the dirt.” Frost, played by Michael Sheen, accepts the truth of this but adds, “Only one of us can win.” And Nixon warns him, “I shall be your fiercest adversary. I shall come at you with everything I’ve got. Because the limelight can only shine on one of us. And for the other, it’ll be the wilderness.”

    “Frost/Nixon” is about the struggle to control historical memory, with television the medium, self-explanation the means, and redemption the prize. Nixon, with his sterile capacity for insight, understood the reductiveness of historical judgment, and he wanted to head off his own ignominy while there was time. Of course, he failed: only historians and partisans remember what Nixon did before June 17, 1972, and the only one of the Frost interviews that anyone recalls is the session on Watergate. For better or worse, popular memory flattens out the facts. For decades, the Civil Rights Act and Medicare were obliterated from Lyndon Johnson’s record by the glare of napalm. Jimmy Carter is defined by the hostage crisis and a word, “malaise,” that he never uttered. Ronald Reagan brought down the Soviet empire. And so on.

    George W. Bush did four good things last week. He strengthened sanctions on Sudanese companies and officials in response to the ongoing massacres in Darfur. He called on Congress to double the funding for global AIDS programs, to thirty billion dollars. He directed his envoy in Baghdad, Ambassador Ryan Crocker, to sit down with his Iranian counterpart and discuss ways of stabilizing Iraq—the most high-profile meeting between top officials of the two countries in years. And he attacked the demagoguery of right-wing critics of the bipartisan immigration bill. Each case has its caveats, flaws, and what-took-so-longs. But it should be noted that the three hundred and thirty-second week of the Bush Presidency was one of the best. Nobody will remember it.

    Bush’s legacy will be the war in Iraq and, secondarily, the array of decisions on prisoners, alliances, treaties, and preventive war which revolutionized American foreign policy after September 11th. Last year, when Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice was asked whether Iraq would come to define the Bush Administration, she said, “I think it’ll be bigger than Iraq, I think it will be the Middle East.” This was wishful thinking on the part of the official most engaged in walking the Administration back from its own wreckage: a desire to define the President’s record away from what it has actually wrought in our time and toward a hypothetical future. In fifty years, this thinking goes, a new generation will realize that the war kick-started political change, and forced the Middle East out of its deadly pattern of autocracy and extremism.

    This exercise in justification by faith posits a visionary President with the courage to ignore temporary bad news. By this light, Bush’s habit of declaring A to be B—for example, claiming that the surge reflects the public’s desire for a change in war policy, or interpreting increased violence in Iraq as a token of the enemy’s frustration with American success—becomes a sign of clarity and resolve, not delusional thinking. When everything is turning to ashes, take the long view. Last December, Senator Richard Durbin, of Illinois, described a meeting at the White House in which Bush discussed Harry S. Truman and the foreign policy of the early Cold War—initially unpopular, ultimately vindicated by history. According to Durbin, Bush implied that he will be similarly remembered.

    Who knows what the world will look like in fifty years? It’s hard to imagine, but perhaps the Middle East is at the start of a decades-long road toward democracy and stability. If so, though, history isn’t likely to find the prime cause of that happy outcome in the Bush Presidency. Truman established the institutions and policies that guided America to victory in the Cold War. The loss of China, the stalemate in Korea, and the corruption and the domestic upheavals of the late forties and early fifties now seem secondary to the international architecture—the NATO alliance, the doctrine of containment, the legitimacy of democracies as a counter-force to Communism—that Truman left in place. Bush will have no such legacy. His Administration—or part of it—is trying to reverse or restrain his farthest-reaching policies without admitting that anything went wrong with them. We are not present at the creation of anything. A democratic Middle East would bear the same relation to the Iraq war as the United Nations does to the Second World War: the salvaging of a tragedy, not the fulfillment of a vision.

    Historical legacies are bound up with the nature of the individual: leaders are remembered for the events and policies that express “the shadowy place we call our soul.” Watergate captured Nixon’s deepest qualities, including his uncanny sense of his own failure; at the end of “Frost/Nixon,” as the disgraced former President is pressed for an apology, and Langella’s face is frozen in torment across the multiple screens above his chair, Nixon seems to submit to his fate, which is his character. “Even Richard Nixon has got soul,” Neil Young sang.

    To see “Frost/Nixon” is to know what a deep decline there has been in public candor and Presidential self-knowledge since the days of Richard Nixon. By contrast, the current President will repeat the same sunny falsehoods and sententious illusions about the war until he leaves office, and then he will go on repeating them in retirement. And that will be his legacy: the war, and the shallow, unreflective character that made it. ?

    Illustration: Tom Bachtell

     

    More Advice Graduates Don’t Want to Hear

    Tony Cenicola/The New York Times


     

    June 2, 2007
    Your Money

    More Advice Graduates Don’t Want to Hear

    Last year at this time, as college graduates walked out into the world, I wrote a column giving advice on how they could save money.

    In droves, parents sent the column to their children. And some of those children wrote to me to vent. What I suggested was impractical, many said. How would you like to try to live on $40,000 a year in Washington or San Francisco, several asked.

    What I was proposing was not radical. It was mostly the simple things my mother had drummed into me. It was advice like diverting 10 percent of your income to savings before anything else and ignoring raises and putting them into savings, too. Learn to cook, I said, and never borrow money to pay for a depreciating asset.

    I also suggested cutting out the latte habit, which was my symbol for those little things in life that when turned into a habit, add up to money that could have been spent on something worthwhile and memorable.

    Other people, my wife among them, pointed out that I may have been too draconian on that point. Consistent savings is a lot easier if there are small rewards along the way; otherwise, life seems as if it is just one bowl of cold grass porridge after another.

    Fine feedback, indeed, and my wife’s counsel reminds me that I should have added one other bit of advice: find a partner and stay together. Study after study show that two can live more cheaply together than each alone and that divorce is the great destroyer of wealth.

    But, dear graduates, the crux of the advice is still compelling. While there may be a debate among economists about how much 50- and 60-year-olds should be saving for retirement, there is little dispute about how much the young should save: more.

    Saving while young is critical. It isn’t just because of the power of compounding. By that I mean that if you start saving now it will build to a larger nest egg by the time you are 65 than if you wait to start at 45. Or to put it another way, you can save a smaller amount now rather than a larger amount later.

    Bank $250 a month for 40 years in a I.R.A. or a 401(k) and you will receive about $500,000, assuming a 6 percent return. Start at age 45 and you would have to put in $1,078 a month to generate the same amount by age 65.

    But there is another compelling reason to get into the habit of saving. (Here is where this column also turns into advice for the older folks who are giving you this to read.) People who save a lot get used to a lower rate of consumption while working, so less money is needed in retirement.

    Stretching to save a little more yields a double dividend. You accumulate more assets and you lower the amount you will need in retirement because you will not have the habit of spending extravagantly to feel fulfilled.

    Inevitably though, we return to the question: How can you possibly afford to put away that much? If you are only making $40,000, a not-untypical starting salary for a college-educated professional in a big city, the weekly gross of $769 works down to $561 in take-home pay after income taxes and payroll taxes for Social Security and Medicaid.

    Were you to divert 10 percent of your salary to a 401(k) plan, the bottom line becomes $509.

    In other words, a regular habit of savings costs you $52 a week. You easily frittered that away last week on things that you cannot even recall this week. A useful exercise that proves the point: For a week, try to list everywhere you spend cash or use your credit card.

    Could you save another 10 percent a week, or $50? If you do, you are nearly set for life.

    Can you live on $1,950 a month? Rents being what they are in certain cities like New York, San Francisco or Washington, sure, it will be tight. People do it by finding a roommate and watching their expenses (or asking for an occasional handout from Mom and Dad).

    There may be another compelling reason to save and that is that while many aspects of retirement savings are predictable, the big unknowable is health care costs. “If you believe in the logic of the life cycle model, then once you get used to peanut butter, all else follows,” said Jonathan Skinner, a economics professor at Dartmouth College who has studied retirement issues and recently wrote a paper titled “Are You Sure You’re Saving Enough for Retirement?” for the National Bureau of Economic Research. “That’s the assumption that I am questioning: Do people want to be stuck in peanut butter in retirement?”

    He said he came to the conclusion that a strategy to reduce retirement expenses “will be dwarfed by rapidly growing out-of-pocket medical expenses.” He noted projections based on the Health and Retirement Study, a survey of 22,000 Americans over the age of 50 sponsored by the National Institute on Aging found that by 2019, nearly a tenth of elderly retirees would be devoting more than half of their total income to out-of-pocket health expenses. He said, “These health care cost projections are perhaps the scariest beast under the bed.”

    As Victor Fuchs, the professor emeritus of economics and health research and policy at Stanford University, told me, money is most useful when you are old because it makes all the difference whether you wait for a bus in the rain to get to the doctor’s appointment or you ride in a cab.

    “Saving for retirement may ultimately be less about the golf condo at Hilton Head and more about being able to afford wheelchair lifts, private nurses and a high-quality nursing home,” Professor Skinner said.

    His best advice for people in their 20s and 30s: maximize workplace matching contributions, seek automatic savings mechanisms like home mortgages and hope “that their generation can still look forward to solvent Social Security and Medicare programs.”

    Over the last two years I’ve been dispensing advice in this space about how to spend and save more wisely. This will be my last column for a spell as I am taking on editing duties that give me little time for reporting. But before I go, I want to remind the young graduates, their parents who scrimped and saved to get them there, and anyone else who stuck with me this far that are a few other rules of life worth considering.

    Among them are the following. Links are available at nytimes.com/business:

    ¶Never pay a real estate agent a 6 percent commission.

    ¶Buy used things, except maybe used tires.

    ¶Get on the do-not-call list and other do-not-solicit lists so you can’t be tempted.

    ¶Watch infomercials for their entertainment value only.

    ¶Know what your credit reports say, but don’t pay for that knowledge: go to www.annualcreditreport.com to get them.

    ¶Consolidate your cable, phone and Internet service to get the best deal.

    ¶Resist the lunacy of buying premium products like $2,000-a-pound chocolates.

    Lose weight. Carrying extra pounds costs tens of thousands of dollars over a lifetime.

    ¶Do not use your home as a piggy bank if home prices are flat or going down or if interest rates are rising.

    ¶Enroll in a 401(k) at work immediately.

    ¶Postpone buying high-tech products like PCs, digital cameras and high-definition TVs for as long as possible. And then buy after the selling season or buy older technology just as a new technology comes along.

    ¶And, I’m sorry, I’m really serious about this last one: make your own coffee.


     

    Google Keeps Tweaking

    Tony Cenicola/The New York Times

    Multimedia

    From Query to Results in 0.2 Seconds
    From Query to Results in 0.2 Seconds
     
    June 3, 2007

    Google Keeps Tweaking Its Search Engine

    Mountain View, Calif.

    THESE days, Google seems to be doing everything, everywhere. It takes pictures of your house from outer space, copies rare Sanskrit books in India, charms its way onto Madison Avenue, picks fights with Hollywood and tries to undercut Microsoft‘s software dominance.

    But at its core, Google remains a search engine. And its search pages, blue hyperlinks set against a bland, white background, have made it the most visited, most profitable and arguably the most powerful company on the Internet. Google is the homework helper, navigator and yellow pages for half a billion users, able to find the most improbable needles in the world’s largest haystack of information in just the blink of an eye.

    Yet however easy it is to wax poetic about the modern-day miracle of Google, the site is also among the world’s biggest teases. Millions of times a day, users click away from Google, disappointed that they couldn’t find the hotel, the recipe or the background of that hot guy. Google often finds what users want, but it doesn’t always.

    That’s why Amit Singhal and hundreds of other Google engineers are constantly tweaking the company’s search engine in an elusive quest to close the gap between often and always.

    Mr. Singhal is the master of what Google calls its “ranking algorithm” — the formulas that decide which Web pages best answer each user’s question. It is a crucial part of Google’s inner sanctum, a department called “search quality” that the company treats like a state secret. Google rarely allows outsiders to visit the unit, and it has been cautious about allowing Mr. Singhal to speak with the news media about the magical, mathematical brew inside the millions of black boxes that power its search engine.

    Google values Mr. Singhal and his team so highly for the most basic of competitive reasons. It believes that its ability to decrease the number of times it leaves searchers disappointed is crucial to fending off ever fiercer attacks from the likes of Yahoo and Microsoft and preserving the tidy advertising gold mine that search represents.

    “The fundamental value created by Google is the ranking,” says John Battelle, the chief executive of Federated Media, a blog ad network, and author of “The Search,” a book about Google.

    Online stores, he notes, find that a quarter to a half of their visitors, and most of their new customers, come from search engines. And media sites are discovering that many people are ignoring their home pages — where ad rates are typically highest — and using Google to jump to the specific pages they want.

    “Google has become the lifeblood of the Internet,” Mr. Battelle says. “You have to be in it.”

    Users, of course, don’t see the science and the artistry that makes Google’s black boxes hum, but the search-quality team makes about a half-dozen major and minor changes a week to the vast nest of mathematical formulas that power the search engine.

    These formulas have grown better at reading the minds of users to interpret a very short query. Are the users looking for a job, a purchase or a fact? The formulas can tell that people who type “apples” are likely to be thinking about fruit, while those who type “Apple” are mulling computers or iPods. They can even compensate for vaguely worded queries or outright mistakes.

    “Search over the last few years has moved from ‘Give me what I typed’ to ‘Give me what I want,’ ” says Mr. Singhal, a 39-year-old native of India who joined Google in 2000 and is now a Google Fellow, the designation the company reserves for its elite engineers.

    Google recently allowed a reporter from The New York Times to spend a day with Mr. Singhal and others in the search-quality team, observing some internal meetings and talking to several top engineers. There were many questions that Google wouldn’t answer. But the engineers still explained more than they ever have before in the news media about how their search system works.

    As Google constantly fine-tunes its search engine, one challenge it faces is sheer scale. It is now the most popular Web site in the world, offering its services in 112 languages, indexing tens of billons of Web pages and handling hundreds of millions of queries a day.

    Even more daunting, many of those pages are shams created by hucksters trying to lure Web surfers to their sites filled with ads, pornography or financial scams. At the same time, users have come to expect that Google can sift through all that data and find what they are seeking, with just a few words as clues.

    “Expectations are higher now,” said Udi Manber, who oversees Google’s entire search-quality group. “When search first started, if you searched for something and you found it, it was a miracle. Now, if you don’t get exactly what you want in the first three results, something is wrong.”

    Google’s approach to search reflects its unconventional management practices. It has hundreds of engineers, including leading experts in search lured from academia, loosely organized and working on projects that interest them. But when it comes to the search engine — which has many thousands of interlocking equations — it has to double-check the engineers’ independent work with objective, quantitative rigor to ensure that new formulas don’t do more harm than good.

    As always, tweaking and quality control involve a balancing act. “You make a change, and it affects some queries positively and others negatively,” Mr. Manber says. “You can’t only launch things that are 100 percent positive.”

    THE epicenter of Google’s frantic quest for perfect links is Building 43 in the heart of the company’s headquarters here, known as the Googleplex. In a nod to the space-travel fascination of Larry Page, the Google co-founder, a full-scale replica of SpaceShipOne, the first privately financed spacecraft, dominates the building’s lobby. The spaceship is also a tangible reminder that despite its pedestrian uses — finding the dry cleaner’s address or checking out a prospective boyfriend — what Google does is akin to rocket science.

    At the top of a bright chartreuse staircase in Building 43 is the office that Mr. Singhal shares with three other top engineers. It is littered with plastic light sabers, foam swords and Nerf guns. A big white board near Mr. Singhal’s desk is scrawled with graphs, queries and bits of multicolored mathematical algorithms. Complaints from users about searches gone awry are also scrawled on the board.

    Any of Google’s 10,000 employees can use its “Buganizer” system to report a search problem, and about 100 times a day they do — listing Mr. Singhal as the person responsible to squash them.

    “Someone brings a query that is broken to Amit, and he treasures it and cherishes it and tries to figure out how to fix the algorithm,” says Matt Cutts, one of Mr. Singhal’s officemates and the head of Google’s efforts to fight Web spam, the term for advertising-filled pages that somehow keep maneuvering to the top of search listings.

    Some complaints involve simple flaws that need to be fixed right away. Recently, a search for “French Revolution” returned too many sites about the recent French presidential election campaign — in which candidates opined on various policy revolutions — rather than the ouster of King Louis XVI. A search-engine tweak gave more weight to pages with phrases like “French Revolution” rather than pages that simply had both words.

    At other times, complaints highlight more complex problems. In 2005, Bill Brougher, a Google product manager, complained that typing the phrase “teak patio Palo Alto” didn’t return a local store called the Teak Patio.

    So Mr. Singhal fired up one of Google’s prized and closely guarded internal programs, called Debug, which shows how its computers evaluate each query and each Web page. He discovered that Theteakpatio.com did not show up because Google’s formulas were not giving enough importance to links from other sites about Palo Alto.

    It was also a clue to a bigger problem. Finding local businesses is important to users, but Google often has to rely on only a handful of sites for clues about which businesses are best. Within two months of Mr. Brougher’s complaint, Mr. Singhal’s group had written a new mathematical formula to handle queries for hometown shops.

    But Mr. Singhal often doesn’t rush to fix everything he hears about, because each change can affect the rankings of many sites. “You can’t just react on the first complaint,” he says. “You let things simmer.”

    So he monitors complaints on his white board, prioritizing them if they keep coming back. For much of the second half of last year, one of the recurring items was “freshness.”

    Freshness, which describes how many recently created or changed pages are included in a search result, is at the center of a constant debate in search: Is it better to provide new information or to display pages that have stood the test of time and are more likely to be of higher quality? Until now, Google has preferred pages old enough to attract others to link to them.

    But last year, Mr. Singhal started to worry that Google’s balance was off. When the company introduced its new stock quotation service, a search for “Google Finance” couldn’t find it. After monitoring similar problems, he assembled a team of three engineers to figure out what to do about them.

    Earlier this spring, he brought his squad’s findings to Mr. Manber’s weekly gathering of top search-quality engineers who review major projects. At the meeting, a dozen people sat around a large table, another dozen sprawled on red couches, and two more beamed in from New York via video conference, their images projected on a large screen. Most were men, and many were tapping away on laptops. One of the New Yorkers munched on cake.

    Mr. Singhal introduced the freshness problem, explaining that simply changing formulas to display more new pages results in lower-quality searches much of the time. He then unveiled his team’s solution: a mathematical model that tries to determine when users want new information and when they don’t. (And yes, like all Google initiatives, it had a name: QDF, for “query deserves freshness.”)

    Mr. Manber’s group questioned QDF’s formula and how it could be deployed. At the end of the meeting, Mr. Singhal said he expected to begin testing it on Google users in one of the company’s data centers within two weeks. An engineer wondered whether that was too ambitious.

    “What do you take us for, slackers?” Mr. Singhal responded with a rebellious smile.

    THE QDF solution revolves around determining whether a topic is “hot.” If news sites or blog posts are actively writing about a topic, the model figures that it is one for which users are more likely to want current information. The model also examines Google’s own stream of billions of search queries, which Mr. Singhal believes is an even better monitor of global enthusiasm about a particular subject.

    As an example, he points out what happens when cities suffer power failures. “When there is a blackout in New York, the first articles appear in 15 minutes; we get queries in two seconds,” he says.

    GOOGLE’S breakneck pace contrasts with the more leisurely style of the universities and corporate research labs from which many of its leaders hail. Google recruited Mr. Singhal from AT&T Labs. Mr. Manber, a native of Israel, was an early examiner of Internet searches while teaching computer science at the University of Arizona. He jumped into the corporate fray early, first as Yahoo’s chief scientist and then running an Amazon.com search unit.

    Google lured Mr. Manber from Amazon last year. When he arrived and began to look inside the company’s black boxes, he says, he was surprised that Google’s methods were so far ahead of those of academic researchers and corporate rivals.

    “I spent the first three months saying, ‘I have an idea,’ ” he recalls. “And they’d say, ‘We’ve thought of that and it’s already in there,’ or ‘It doesn’t work.’ “

    The reticent Mr. Manber (he declines to give his age), would discuss his search-quality group only in the vaguest of terms. It operates in small teams of engineers. Some, like Mr. Singhal’s, focus on systems that process queries after users type them in. Others work on features that improve the display of results, like extracting snippets — the short, descriptive text that gives users a hint about a site’s content.

    Other members of Mr. Manber’s team work on what happens before users can even start a search: maintaining a giant index of all the world’s Web pages. Google has hundreds of thousands of customized computers scouring the Web to serve that purpose. In its early years, Google built a new index every six to eight weeks. Now it rechecks many pages every few days.

    And Google does more than simply build an outsized, digital table of contents for the Web. Instead, it actually makes a copy of the entire Internet — every word on every page — that it stores in each of its huge customized data centers so it can comb through the information faster. Google recently developed a new system that can hold far more data and search through it far faster than the company could before.

    As Google compiles its index, it calculates a number it calls PageRank for each page it finds. This was the key invention of Google’s founders, Mr. Page and Sergey Brin. PageRank tallies how many times other sites link to a given page. Sites that are more popular, especially with sites that have high PageRanks themselves, are considered likely to be of higher quality.

    Mr. Singhal has developed a far more elaborate system for ranking pages, which involves more than 200 types of information, or what Google calls “signals.” PageRank is but one signal. Some signals are on Web pages — like words, links, images and so on. Some are drawn from the history of how pages have changed over time. Some signals are data patterns uncovered in the trillions of searches that Google has handled over the years.

    “The data we have is pushing the state of the art,” Mr. Singhal says. “We see all the links going to a page, how the content is changing on the page over time.”

    Increasingly, Google is using signals that come from its history of what individual users have searched for in the past, in order to offer results that reflect each person’s interests. For example, a search for “dolphins” will return different results for a user who is a Miami football fan than for a user who is a marine biologist. This works only for users who sign into one of Google’s services, like Gmail.

    (Google says it goes out of its way to prevent access to its growing store of individual user preferences and patterns. But the vast breadth and detail of such records is prompting lust among the nosey and fears among privacy advocates.)

    Once Google corrals its myriad signals, it feeds them into formulas it calls classifiers that try to infer useful information about the type of search, in order to send the user to the most helpful pages. Classifiers can tell, for example, whether someone is searching for a product to buy, or for information about a place, a company or a person. Google recently developed a new classifier to identify names of people who aren’t famous. Another identifies brand names.

    These signals and classifiers calculate several key measures of a page’s relevance, including one it calls “topicality” — a measure of how the topic of a page relates to the broad category of the user’s query. A page about President Bush’s speech about Darfur last week at the White House, for example, would rank high in topicality for “Darfur,” less so for “George Bush” and even less for “White House.” Google combines all these measures into a final relevancy score.

    The sites with the 10 highest scores win the coveted spots on the first search page, unless a final check shows that there is not enough “diversity” in the results. “If you have a lot of different perspectives on one page, often that is more helpful than if the page is dominated by one perspective,” Mr. Cutts says. “If someone types a product, for example, maybe you want a blog review of it, a manufacturer’s page, a place to buy it or a comparison shopping site.”

    If this wasn’t excruciating enough, Google’s engineers must compensate for users who are not only fickle, but are also vague about what they want; often, they type in ambiguous phrases or misspelled words.

    Long ago, Google figured out that users who type “Brittany Speers,” for example, are really searching for “Britney Spears.” To tackle such a problem, it built a system that understands variations of words. So elegant and powerful is that model that it can look for pages when only an abbreviation or synonym is typed in.

    Mr. Singhal boasts that the query “Brenda Lee bio” returns the official home page of the singer, even though the home page itself uses the term “biography” — not “bio.”

    But words that seem related sometimes are not related. “We know ‘bio’ is the same as ‘biography,’ ” Mr. Singhal says. “My grandmother says: ‘Oh, come on. Isn’t that obvious?’ It’s hard to explain to her that bio means the same as biography, but ‘apples’ doesn’t mean the same as ‘Apple.’ “

    In the end, it’s hard to gauge exactly how advanced Google’s techniques are, because so much of what it and its search rivals do is veiled in secrecy. In a look at the results, the differences between the leading search engines are subtle, although Danny Sullivan, a veteran search specialist and blogger who runs Searchengineland.com, says Google continues to outpace its competitors.

    Yahoo is now developing special search formulas for specific areas of knowledge, like health. Microsoft has bet on using a mathematical technique to rank pages known as neural networks that try to mimic the way human brains learn information.

    Google’s use of signals and classifiers, by contrast, is more rooted in current academic literature, in part because its leaders come from academia and research labs. Still, Google has been able to refine and advance those ideas by using computer and programming resources that no university can afford.

    “People still think that Google is the gold standard of search,” Mr. Battelle says. “Their secret sauce is how these guys are doing it all in aggregate. There are 1,000 little tunings they do.”


     

    Today’s Papers

    Classification Problem
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Tuesday, June 5, 2007, at 6:24 A.M. E.T.

    The New York Times and Los Angeles Times lead, while the Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox, with military judges dismissing the charges against two Guantanamo detainees. In separate rulings, the judges determined that the detainees could not be tried by the military tribunals because they were not classified as “unlawful alien enemy combatants,” which was a requirement spelled out by the 2006 Military Commissions Act. No one is going to be set free as a result of these rulings, but this latest development is likely to, once again, bring the trials to a halt since all of the Guantanamo detainees have been designated simply as “enemy combatants.”

    The Washington Post leads with the indictment of Rep. William Jefferson, D-La., by a federal grand jury that charged him with a slew of corruption-related offenses. Jefferson is accused of accepting more than $400,000 in bribes and then using his position in Congress to promote the businesses that gave him the money. Jefferson was also accused of trying to bribe a Nigerian official, and thus became the first U.S. lawmaker to be charged with violating the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. USA Today leads with word that more domestic flights arrived late in the first four months of this year than in any other year since the Department of Transportation began keeping track in 1995. From January through April, only 72 percent of domestic flights by the country’s largest airlines arrived on time. The worst airport was Newark Liberty, and the airline with the least amount of on-time arrivals was US Airways.

    Pentagon officials said the rulings were based on a technicality and vowed to appeal. But as the LAT notes, the panel that would hear this sort of appeal still hasn’t been created. If the appeal fails, the Pentagon could then start the process of redesignating the detainees so the military tribunals can move forward, but that whole process could take months. As everyone notes, the first attempt at military tribunals was struck down by the Supreme Court as unconstitutional. Opponents of the system said the rulings yesterday showed the military tribunals were put together quickly, and there were calls to lawmakers to review the whole system. For its part, the Pentagon remained undeterred and said the “public should make no assumptions about the future of the military commissions.”

    Jefferson’s lawyer insists his client is innocent and said that despite the extensive investigation into “every aspect of Mr. Jefferson’s public and private life” there is no evidence in the indictment that the lawmaker “promised anybody any legislation.” If he is convicted on all 16 counts, Jefferson could face up to 235 years in prison, although any sentence is likely to be much shorter. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi immediately said the charges “are extremely serious” and if “proven true, they constitute an egregious and unacceptable abuse of public trust and power.” In a move that raised tensions between Pelosi and the Congressional Black Caucus, Jefferson was removed from his seat on the ways and means committee last year. Now Democratic leaders will consider whether they should remove Jefferson from his last remaining assignment on the small business committee, a move that could further divide Democrats.

    The Post fronts a new poll that reveals Americans are increasingly frustrated with the Iraq war and are taking out these feelings on Democrats in Congress as well as President Bush. Only 39 percent of Americans said they approve of Congress’ performance, which is a decrease from April when the figure was 44 percent. Bush’s overall approval rating is still 35 percent, and 73 percent of Americans believe the “country is pretty seriously on the wrong track.”

    Meanwhile, everyone reports that an insurgent group in Iraq released a video that showed what appeared to be the identification cards of the two missing soldiers and said they were dead. Military officials vowed to continue the search. In an interesting piece, the WP‘s Philip Kennicott examines the latest video and says it illustrates how “the advance of professionalism continues, now to the level of tone, drama and pacing.”

    The LAT fronts, and everyone mentions, the first day of the war crimes trial of former Liberian President Charles Taylor, who refused to appear in court and fired his lawyer. “I choose not to be a fig leaf of legitimacy for this court,” Taylor wrote in a letter. The judges ordered the trial to continue and began hearing evidence that prosecutors say proves Taylor’s role in supporting rebels in Sierra Leone. Taylor’s letter brought to mind tactics that were used by former Yugoslav President Slobodan Milosevic during his own war crimes trial.

    The WP and NYT front news that a federal appeals court determined the Federal Communications Commission can’t penalize broadcasters for what are known as “fleeting expletives,” which are basically unplanned obscenities such as what might be heard during a live event. The court said the FCC hadn’t properly explained why it decided to begin regulating this type of obscenity and even put in doubt whether the agency has the power to regulate language.

    But figuring out what the case was about could be quite difficult for readers as the papers dance around actually writing the words that were at the heart of the matter. The NYT gets into ridiculous territory with this avoidance when it mentions a part of the decision that cites examples of how President Bush and Vice President Cheney have used the same language that could be fined by the FCC. But the paper doesn’t give much clue as to what these statements actually were, describing how Bush uttered “a common vulgarity” and Cheney “muttered an angry obscene version of ‘get lost’.” The Post doesn’t mention the presidential angle but at least gives readers the best idea of what the case was about when it describes how during an awards show Cher talked back to her critics and said, “[f-word] ‘em.” (Interestingly enough, in 2004, when the WP actually printed the words “fuck yourself” in reporting Cheney’s comments, the paper’s editor defended the decision by saying: “readers need to judge for themselves what the word is because we don’t play games at The Washington Post and use dashes.”) TP is well aware that journalists are constricted by their style guides, but shouldn’t there be some sort of exception when the offensive language is the news?

    Daniel Politi writes “Today’s Papers” for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

  • Knocked Up

    ‘Knocked Up’

    ..> ..>
    Katherine Heigl portrays Alison, who gets more than she bargains for from a celebratory outing that culminates in a one-night stand. Katherine Heigl portrays Alison, who gets more than she bargains for from a celebratory outing that culminates in a one-night stand.
    Photo Credit: Photos By Suzanne Hanover — Universal
    First Comes a Baby Carriage
    ‘Knocked Up’ Casts a Wary, Witty Eye on Modern Love

    By Ann Hornaday
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Friday, June 1, 2007; C05

    Following up on his 2005 summer hit “The 40-Year-Old Virgin,” writer-director Judd Apatow takes his signature raunchy, dumb-but-smart rudeness to the next level in “Knocked Up,” a coming-of-age comedy in which the adolescent protagonist happens to be in his late 20s.

    Apatow, who created the brilliant television series “Freaks and Geeks,” has a knack for evoking the joys and terrors of life’s most perilous passages. In “Knocked Up,” he delivers the same vulgar, aren’t-we-stinkers jokes about men, and druggy, slack-happy humor that are his stock in trade for his teenage fans. But older viewers will be more tuned in to his lacerating observations about the endless capitulations that define midlife. “Marriage is like an unfunny, tense version of ‘Everybody Loves Raymond,’ ” a character offers at one point.

    If you’ve seen the ads, you’ve seen the movie: Katherine Heigl (TV’s “Grey’s Anatomy”) plays Alison, an up-and-coming TV executive who, celebrating her promotion during a night out with her sister (Apatow’s real-life wife, Leslie Mann), gets drunk and ends up in bed with a dumpy lumpen-dude named Ben, played by Seth Rogen. There’s a big misunderstanding about a condom (and the precise meaning of “Just do it already”), and bingo, their one-night stand turns into a nine-month nightmare of facing the music and growing up fast.

    Rogen, a supporting actor known for his work in past Apatow productions, is thrust into the lead, with uneven results. At times, it seems as if he might be his generation’s answer to Albert Brooks, with less neurotic fizz. But his likability never flares into anything more interesting or watchable. (For her part, Heigl is ripe and lovely and little else.)

    Instead, the supporting cast continually threatens to walk away with the picture. Paul Rudd takes on the usual Rogen supporting role, here as Alison’s brother-in-law Pete, whose marriage to Debbie (Mann) is sagging under the weight of two kids and a caul of anger and resentment. (There’s a brief, stingingly eloquent shot of Debbie sleeping on a trundle bed.)

    As usual with Apatow, he’s enlisted a gifted group for the supporting roles, including “Geeks” alums Jason Segel, Martin Starr and James Franco in a cameo. Ryan Seacrest delivers a spot-on jeremiad against the entertainment-industrial complex. In fact, the most memorable moments of “Knocked Up” don’t include Heigl and Rogen. Rather they have to do with Mann’s hilarious encounter with a club bouncer, Rudd breaking into a flawlessly timed version of “Happy Birthday,” and “Saturday Night Live’s” Kristen Wiig playing one of Alison’s colleagues with the sotto voce bitterness of a highly skilled underminer.

    “Knocked Up” is putatively about Alison and Ben’s decision to take responsibility for their actions and get together for the sake of the baby. But they are so drastically mismatched that even when they make a go of it — she relaxes and helps him with his T-and-A Web site, he finally gets a job and stops smoking weed — their romance feels forced and wrong. You get the sense that what Apatow really wants to talk about is what’s going on in the background, where Pete and Debbie engage in the psychosexual gamesmanship that is modern marriage. (Apatow demands some suspension of disbelief when they decide to go through with the pregnancy: Are we to believe that someone as together as Alison doesn’t have a regular OB-GYN? That she would take a guy she barely knows into the examining room with her?) The only person who suggests that Alison get an abortion is her mother, who makes callous mention of a relative who, after she got hers, went on to have a “real baby.”

    The political implications of “Knocked Up” aside, its biggest problem lies at its very narrative core, which is that it’s nearly impossible to root for two people contorting themselves so painfully to pretend that they love each other. When “Knocked Up” finally arrives at its predictably happy ending, Heigl and Rogen haven’t generated any chemistry, and nothing about them or their characters suggests that they’re meant to be together.

    But that’s almost beside the point for a comedy that believes so winningly in getting credit for trying, letting go of your illusions and learning to be happy. As much as “Knocked Up” aspires to end with a hug, it winds up in more of a shrug. Leave it to Apatow to make a deceptively sophisticated meditation on the ambiguities of personal morality — with pot jokes.

    Knocked Up (125 minutes, at area theaters) is rated R for sexual content, drug use and profanity.

  • Today’s Papers,Comedy Business,Hillary Clinton,Giuliani,Concussions,Depression,Mafia,Marriage, Socie

    Man With TB Apologizes

    ABC News via Associated Press

    In an image from ABC News, Diane Sawyer shaking hands with Andrew Speaker during a “Good Morning America” interview airing today

    June 1, 2007

    Man With TB Apologizes for Putting Others at Risk

    The Atlanta lawyer who flew on crowded airplanes while infected with a dangerous form of tuberculosis said today he did not think he presented a danger when he flew and he apologized to his fellow passengers.

    Andrew Speaker, interviewed on the “Good Morning America” program on the ABC network in his hospital room in Denver, said “I don’t expect those people to ever forgive me. I just hope they understand that I truly never meant them any harm.”

    Mr. Speaker, 31, flew to Europe for his wedding in Greece and a honeymoon trip last month after being notified he was infected with drug resistant TB, but said he was not flatly forbidden to travel.

    The dispute appeared to be based on his interpretation of language used by cautious public health officials. Mr. Speaker, 31, said he was told he was not contagious or a danger to anyone, but that officials would prefer that he did not fly.

    His father, also a lawyer, recorded the meeting, he said.

    “My father said, “OK, now, are you saying, prefer not to go on the trip because he’s a risk to anybody, or are you saying that to cover yourself,” he said. “And they said, we have to tell that to cover ourself, but he’s not a risk.”

    Mr. Speaker, who defied instructions to turn himself into Italian health authorities, flew from Prague to Montreal and then drove to the United States, despite a notice to Customs agents to detain him.

    Congressional investigators, who plan to hold hearings on how the case has been handled, say that the border agent at the Plattsburgh, N.Y., border crossing with Canada decided that Mr. Speaker did not look sick and so let him go.

    Russ Knocke, press secretary for the Homeland Security Department, would not confirm the agent’s rationale for releasing the man, saying only that the case was under investigation by the department’s internal affairs and inspector general’s offices.

    In another twist to a story that seems to grow murkier with each new revelation, Mr. Speaker’s father-in-law, Robert C. Cooksey, is a tuberculosis researcher who has worked at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

    Dr. Cooksey said he “was not involved in any decisions my son-in-law made regarding his travel.” He also said that he was often tested for tuberculosis and had never been found to be infected.

    The centers said that the strain of tuberculosis that Mr. Speaker has does not match any of the strains in its laboratories. And Dr. Cooksey said, “My son-in-law’s TB did not originate from myself or the C.D.C.’s labs, which operate under the highest levels of biosecurity.”

    The form of tuberculosis Mr. Speaker has is extremely resistant to standard antibiotics.

    Although health officials said there was a low risk of Mr. Speaker’s transmitting tuberculosis to his fellow passengers, the case raised troubling new questions about the nation’s ability to defend its borders against the entry of dangerous infectious diseases and about the C.D.C.’s ability to handle such threats, despite extensive training exercises. Mr. Speaker’s odyssey has also set off an international hunt for his fellow passengers.

    Mr. Speaker came back into the United States at Plattsburgh, N.Y., at 6:18 p.m. on May 24 in a car he had rented at Pierre Trudeau International Airport in Montreal after flying there from Prague on Czech Air.

    A day earlier, on May 23, the disease control centers alerted the Atlanta office of Customs and Border Protection, a part of the Homeland Security Department, that a man with a serious medical condition might try to enter the United States and the information was entered in the department’s computer system.

    The department instructed any border control agents who encountered the man to “isolate, detain and contact the Public Health Service,” Mr. Knocke said.

    If Canadian officials had known about the detention order, a quarantine officer would have isolated Mr. Speaker, escorted him to a hospital and arranged his secure transport back to the United States, said Jean Riverin, a spokesman for the Public Health Agency of Canada.

    Also, Italian officials said that they did not learn about the case until Mr. Speaker had left Italy. Cesare Fasari, a spokesman for Italy’s Health Ministry, said that had the Italian health officials been notified in time, they would have “intercepted the man and invited him to be treated in a hospital” with his permission.

    Early yesterday morning, the disease control centers flew Mr. Speaker, who wore a mask, in a chartered plane to Denver, where he was taken by ambulance to National Jewish Medical and Research Center for definitive treatment of his infection.

    Dr. Gwen A. Huitt, an infectious-disease expert at the centers, described Mr. Speaker as tired, cooperative, emotional and concerned about the publicity his case was receiving. He was not coughing, had no fever and was “very relieved to be in Denver” for definitive treatment. If tests determine that the infection is confined to one area of a lung, doctors may perform major surgery to remove a part or lobe.

    Whatever drug treatment Mr. Speaker receives is expected to continue for years and will involve risks of side effects that could damage his kidneys and liver, Dr. Huitt said.

    Mr. Speaker is being confined to a standard two-bed hospital room that is equipped with special ventilation to suck out air and then pass it through ultraviolet light and a filter that kills microbes. He is likely to be confined to the room for several weeks.

    After examining Mr. Speaker, Dr. Huitt said she was “very optimistic” about his future because he was young and athletic.

    At a news conference, Dr. Huitt said her initial impression was that Mr. Speaker contracted the dangerous strain from someone else and did not develop resistance from anti-tuberculosis treatment that C.D.C. officials said he took earlier. Treatment in Denver was expected to start today, she said.

    Dr. Huitt said Mr. Speaker had traveled extensively over the last six years to countries where tuberculosis is more common than in this country, but she declined to say where.

    One key test was encouraging. It indicated that Mr. Speaker was at low risk of transmitting the infection to others. The test involved collecting sputum from induced coughing. Dr. Huitt and others added chemical stains to a smear of the sputum on a glass slide and examined it under a microscope. They saw no tuberculosis bacteria. The same findings came from tests performed in Atlanta earlier in the year and at Bellevue Hospital and Grady Memorial Hospital in recent days.

    Dr. Huitt said her team would repeat the test over the next two days, for a total of three times, as is standard practice.

    In 17 percent of tuberculosis cases, the source is a patient whose smear is negative, according to studies from Vancouver, British Columbia, and San Francisco.

    Mr. Speaker’s wife is with him. A skin test performed earlier in the year showed that she was not infected.

    “We have not done any new tests on her,” Dr. Huitt said.

    Andrew Speaker flew to Paris from Atlanta on Air France Flight 285 (Delta co-share 8517) on May 12 for his wedding in Greece, and planned to return from a honeymoon on June 5.

    Jason Vik, 21, a passenger on the outgoing flight who just graduated from the University of South Carolina, Aiken, is now waiting for results of a TB skin test.

    Mr. Vik spoke angrily about Mr. Speaker’s behavior. “He stepped on a plane with 487 people, one of the largest aircraft that Boeing makes, and he put us all at risk, just so he could go get married,” he said.

    Dr. Mario Raviglione, who directs the World Health Organization tuberculosis department, said that despite technology and communication technology “we’re not there yet, and there is the possibility for infectious people to cross borders without the knowledge of authorities.”

    Reporting was contributed by Dan Frosch from Denver; Brenda Goodman from Atlanta; Denise Grady from New York; Gardiner Harris from Washington; Christopher Mason from Toronto; and Elisabeth Rosenthal and Betta Povoledo from Rome.


    Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company

     

    Today’s Papers

    A Convenient Warming
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Friday, June 1, 2007, at 5:21 A.M. E.T.

    The New York Times, Washington Post, and USA Today lead, and the Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox, with President Bush’s call for a new set of meetings to discuss ways to cut greenhouse-gas emissions globally. Environmental groups immediately criticized the plan as too little, too late. But, as all the papers note, the announcement marked a shift in an administration that had been criticized for its skepticism regarding the need to cut emissions. As the WSJ puts it, the announcement “effectively removes the U.S. as the last doubter among big developed nations on the need for cooperative reductions.”

    The Los Angeles Times leads with news that the man who is infected with a dangerous strain of tuberculosis was allowed to enter the United States from Canada even though his passport immediately generated a warning to the border-control agent. Adding another strange layer to the story was yesterday’s revelation that Andrew Speaker’s father-in-law, Robert Cooksey, is a researcher at the CDC’s tuberculosis division. In a statement, Cooksey insisted that he had never tested positive for tuberculosis and “was not involved in any decisions my son-in-law made regarding his travel.”

    In his announcement, Bush said he wants to hold talks between the world’s top 10 to 15 polluters (USAT has a handy chart that lists who they are) to set up what his chief environmental adviser calls “aspirational goals” by the end of 2008. Bush said he would present his proposal at next week’s G8 meeting, where it was widely expected that his administration would come under fire for its failure to act on global warming. Some think that Bush is effectively trying to “hijack” the ongoing talks about the issue and use the discussions as a tactic to delay any concrete actions until after he is out of office. Environmentalists also immediately picked up on the fact that Bush was not talking about mandatory cuts, which are seen as essential for any plan to be successful.

    Although some European leaders offered tepid support, it is still unclear how receptive they will be to the proposal since many seem to be ready for a more drastic step. Germany has called for a 50 percent reduction in greenhouse-gas emissions by 2050, which the administration has said is impractical.

    The WP points out that yesterday’s announcement is one of several Bush made this week on issues that were bound to elicit criticism at the G8 summit. The NYT says it’s an example “of the kind of policy adjustment that is becoming increasingly common” as Bush’s time at the White House comes to an end. The LAT fronts a look at how mending relations with “old Europe” might be easier now that “Britain, France and Germany are fielding potentially the most pro-U.S. group of leaders to emerge in Western Europe in years.”

    The border-control agent ignored the warning that said Andrew Speaker was contagious apparently because the 31-year-old Atlanta lawyer looked healthy. Members of Congress said this once again raises questions about the security of the country’s borders and vowed to investigate. Although Speaker had been told by the CDC to stay in Italy, where he was on his honeymoon, he said he decided to take an alternate route back into the United States out of fear that he would be confined to a hospital in a foreign country. He was finally taken to a hospital in Denver yesterday where he will have to stay for months. In an interview with ABC News, Speaker asked for forgiveness for exposing airline passengers, but says he has a tape recording of a meeting with health officials where they allegedly told him it was all right for him to travel.

    The NYT off-leads, and the WP and WSJ front, the family that controls Dow Jones & Co. announcing that it would consider purchase offers. The Bancroft family said it plans to meet with Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp. to discuss Murdoch’s $5 billion bid but emphasized it is also open to other deals. “Dow Jones & Co.’s 125-year history as an independent media company could be nearing an end,” writes the WSJ. The NYT says some suspect the initial rejection of Murdoch’s bid might have been a bargaining tactic but everyone notes the family seemed particularly concerned about the planned merger of Reuters and Thomson Corp., which could make things more difficult for Dow Jones Newswires.

    The LAT and WP go inside with Lt. Gen. Raymond Odierno’s warning that September might be too early to judge whether the buildup of troops in Iraq is working. Odierno, the top U.S. ground commander in Iraq, said he might ask for more time when he presents his report. In his briefing, Odierno also said that commanders in Iraq now have the authority to reach out to militants and negotiate cease-fire agreements. The Post emphasizes that both Odierno and Defense Secretary Robert Gates expressed support for a long-term plan for troops in Iraq that would be similar to what exists in South Korea.

    The LAT and WP go inside with the head of NASA saying in an interview that he’s not sure global warming is “a problem we must wrestle with.” Lawmakers have criticized NASA for cutting programs that track climate change.

    The papers report the new spelling champion is 13-year-old Evan O’Dorney from California. His final word was “serrefine.”

    And this little piggy fought against gay marriage: The LAT fronts a look at Eric Jackson’s quest to publish children’s books that have a conservative message. His first book, Help! Mom! There Are Liberals Under My Bed! sold 30,000 copies, and he’s now looking to publish one that exposes the lies about global warming.

    Daniel Politi writes “Today’s Papers” for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

     

    Thursday, May 31, 2007

    The Story on Sushi

    Letter from Tokyo

    Maguro no kaiwa, the almost surgical process of disassembling tuna

    Maguro no kaiwa, the almost surgical process of disassembling tuna, is practiced by a tuna dealer. The average bluefin yields 10,000 pieces of sushi. Photograph by Tetsuya Miura.

    If You Knew Sushi

    In search of the ultimate sushi experience, the author plunges into the frenzy of the world’s biggest seafood market—Tokyo’s Tsukiji, where a bluefin tuna can fetch more than $170,000 at auction—and discovers the artistry between ocean and plate, as well as some fishy surprises.

    by Nick Tosches June 2007

    It looks like a samurai sword, and it’s almost as long as he is tall. His hands are on the hilt. He raises and steadies the blade.

    Two apprentices help to guide it. Twelve years ago, when it was new, this knife was much longer, but the apprentices’ daily hours of tending to it, of sharpening and polishing it, have reduced it greatly.

    It was made by the house of Masahisa, sword-makers for centuries to the samurai of the Minamoto, the founders of the first shogunate. In the 1870s, when the power of the shoguns was broken and the swords of the samurai were outlawed, Masahisa began making these things, longer and more deadly than the samurai swords of old.

    The little guy with the big knife is Tsunenori Iida. He speaks not as an individual but as an emanation, the present voice, of the generations whose blood flows in him and who held the long knife in lifetimes before him, just as he speaks of Masahisa as if he were the same Masahisa who wrought the first samurai sword, in the days of dark mist. Thus it is that he tells me he’s been here since 1861, during the Tokugawa shogunate, when this city, Tokyo, was still called Edo.

    Iida-san is the master of the house of Hicho, one of the oldest and most venerable of the nakaoroshi gyosha, intermediate wholesalers of tuna, or tuna middlemen, if you will.

    The tuna that lies before Iida-san on its belly was swimming fast and heavy after mackerel a few days ago under cold North Atlantic waves. In an hour or so, its flesh will be dispatched in parcels to the various sushi chefs who have chosen to buy it. Iida-san is about to make the first of the expert cuts that will quarter the 300-pound tuna lengthwise.

    His long knife, with the mark of the maker Masahisa engraved in the shank of the blade, connects not only the past to the present but also the deep blue sea to the sushi counter.

    Everything around him seems to turn still for a breath as he draws the blade toward him and lays open the tuna with surgical precision. And everything around him is a lot, for we are in the frantic heart of a madness unto itself: the wild, engulfing, blood-drenched madness of Tsukiji.

    Until the summer of 1972, bluefin tuna was basically worthless to American fishermen. Nobody ever ate it, and its sole commercial use was as an ingredient in canned cat food. The only tuna that people ate, the white stuff, also in cans, was processed from smaller, albacore tuna, and even that probably would not have gotten into the American diet if a California cannery hadn’t run out of sardines and begun selling it in 1903.

    Theodore C. Bestor is the author of Tsukiji: The Fish Market at the Center of the World, the standard work on the subject. He, the chair of the Anthropology Department of Harvard, and I, the chair of nothing, spent some time together in Tokyo. It was Ted who taught me how to correctly pronounce the name of this place: “tskee-gee.” (In her new book, The Sushi Economy, Sasha Issenberg says it’s “pronounced roughly like ‘squeegee,’” but it’s not. Her book, however, is an engaging one.)

    “I grew up in central Illinois,” Ted told me, “and as a kid I don’t remember ever eating fresh fish. I’m not sure I ever even saw one. As far as I knew, fish came frozen, already breaded and cut into oblongs for frying. And tuna, of course, was something that appeared only in cans like hockey pucks and ended up in sandwiches. I had absolutely no idea of what a tuna looked like, its size or anything else.”

    Tuna is the main event at Tsukiji, but everything from the sea—fresh fish, live fish, shrimp—is auctioned and sold here. At five in the morning, preceding the tuna auction, in another hall, there’s the sea-urchin-roe auction. The most prized uni come from Hokkaido and its islands, and it’s said that if you want to taste the best, freshest uni you must go there and eat it straight from the sea. But much of the uni laid out here in little boxes, often repackaged in Hokkaido, comes from California or Maine. Only in July, when sea urchins from the United States aren’t available, are these boxes of uni not present. Color means more than size, and men roam the hall before the auction, smoking cigarettes and drinking coffee from paper cups, searching for uni of the most vibrant orange-golden hues. The northern-Japanese uni can fetch about ¥7,000, or about $60, for a little, 100-gram box, while the Maine uni go for much less, from a low of about ¥800 to a high of about ¥1,500, or between $6 and $13. Being from Newark, I wonder if they ever douse these things with dye.

    This place, the all of it—formally the Tokyo Metropolitan Government Central Wholesale Market, a name by which few know it—is, as Ted Bestor puts it, the “fishmonger for the seven seas.” Its history reaches back 400 years, to the Nihonbashi fish market, which was located not far from the present site of Tsukiji, in the Chuo Ward. On September 1, 1923, Tokyo was devastated by the Great Kanto Earthquake, which killed more than 140,000 people. Nihonbashi was gone, and a new market came into being in the town of Tsukiji, within Tokyo. Tsunenori Iida, whose great-grandfather had a fish-selling stall at the old market, is one of only four men whose family businesses began at Nihonbashi and are still in operation at Tsukiji today.

    It’s hard to say how much of what is sold at Tsukiji is exported to high-class sushi chefs abroad.

    “My guess, and it is a guess,” says Ted Bestor, “would be that the total amounts are probably on the order of a thousand or two kilograms worldwide each day. This is minuscule by comparison with the roughly two million kilograms of seafood Tsukiji handles every day.”

    Two million kilos is about four and a half million pounds, more than 2,000 tons. The Fulton Fish Market, in New York City, the second-largest fish market in the world, moves only 115 tons a year, an average of less than half a ton each working day.

    Tsukiji occupies about 22½ hectares on the Sumida River—about 55½ acres, or well over two million square feet: bigger than 40 football fields. Near the Kaiko Bridge entrance, tucked away in relative serenity, an altar bell is rung by rope at the Namiyoke Jinja, a small Shinto shrine whose name can be translated as the Shrine to Protect from Waves. Outside the shrine are stone monuments honoring the seafood that passes through Tsukiji: a big black sculpted fish, a big egg-like roe. Marketmen leave offerings of sake at these deific figures. And for a few yen a miniature scroll of oracular hoodoo can be had. It was thus, after I had genuflected before the uni god, that it was revealed to me that the last dangerous year that a man passes through in life is his 62nd, while a woman is free of danger after 38.

    At the main gate, not far from the shrine but far from serenity, a sign warns entrants to please pay attention to the traffic and walk carefully because the market is crowded with trucks and special vehicles and the floor in the market is very slippery.

    Big trucks, little trucks, forklifts. And, everywhere, these things called turret trucks: high-lift vehicles designed to negotiate narrow passages and aisles. Old, diesel-fueled turrets; new, battery-powered turrets: every one of them driven by a single standing man who seems invariably to have both hands occupied with lighting up a smoke rather than with steering as he careens round and among the other vehicles that lurch and speed every which way, a surprise at every turn, over the bloody cobblestones amid the pedestrian traffic of the rest of the 60,000 or so people who work at Tsukiji. While no-hands driving seems to be purely optional, smoking at times does seem to be obligatory, and smokers outnumber by far the many no-smoking signs that are posted everywhere. Only the lowly Chinese stevedores who push or draw carts are deprived of the option of no-hands driving, and they squint through the smoke of teeth-clenched cigarettes as they trudge.

    Lethal Delicacy

    Wandering through Tsukiji in the good company of Ted Bestor and Tomohiro Asakawa, the senior commercial specialist of the Fisheries Service of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (noaa) at the U.S. Embassy in Tokyo, I become aware that the full array of the Lord’s fishy chillun on sale here is beyond knowing.

    There are shrimp from everywhere and of every kind, live and sprightly, in open plastic sacks in Styrofoam boxes with bubbling aeration tubes: red Japanese shrimp, sweet Japanese shrimp (ama-ebi), striped Asian kuruma shrimp, along with Alaskan shrimp and Maine shrimp on ice, and frozen shrimp of every size and sort. Live lobsters in boxes of wood shavings; abalone; fresh and frozen marlin, fresh and frozen swordfish, from Japanese waters or caught off Cape Town or Iran. The swordfish, Tom tells me, is not too popular here for sushi. Most of it goes to mountain resorts that serve it as sashimi to tourists.

    There are tanks of live fugu swimming madly about. These are the costly blowfish with neurotoxic poison in their genital areas, a sometimes lethal delicacy which a sushi chef needs a special license to prepare and serve. Tetrodotoxin, the poison in fugu, can also produce a sense of euphoria when ingested in less than lethal amounts. The best fugu is from the waters of Kyushu, in the South.

    In other tanks, live sea bass (suzuki), live sea bream (tai), and live flounder (hirame). There are flying fish (tobiuo), Pacific mackerel (saba), Spanish mackerel (sawara), and horse mackerel (aji).

    From a profile of “the Controller in Charge of Horse Mackerel” in the corporate literature of Chuo Gyorui, one of the largest wholesalers here: “When Mitsuo Owada joined Chuo Gyorui in 1974, he became charmed by horse mackerel Owada used to eat several horse mackerel almost every day.… Both shippers and buyers … say, ‘Depend on this man for horse mackerel traded at Tsukiji.’” The honored controller moves about 25 tons of horse mackerel through the market every day.

    There are sardines and there are salmon, fresh from Norway and Japan. The salmon is not to be eaten raw, Tom explains, as its movement between freshwater and salt water renders it the host to many parasites. I ask him why I see no shark for sale. Shark, he says, can be eaten raw when fresh from the hook, but its muscle tissue is loaded with urea, which breaks down fast after death, releasing levels of ammonia that stink and can be toxic.

    Eels: tanks, barrels, bushels, and bins of eels of all the shapes, colors, and sizes of slitheration, from the prized conger eel (anago) of the seas to the freshwater eel (unagi) of the rivers and lakes. All manner of squid—baby squid, big squid—and all manner of crabs—baby crabs, giant crabs; scallops and oysters and clams; periwinkles, cockles, and—what?—barnacles, yes, even barnacles, going for ¥1,600, or about 14 bucks, a kilo. I’d always thought these black footstalks were only an ugliness to be scraped from the hulls of old wooden ships.

    “Broth,” says Tom. “Some people make broth with them.” He smiles, shakes his head. He apparently is not one of those people.

    Giant oysters from Tsuruga Bay, with sea steaks of meat inside them; tairagi-gai, the enormous green mussels from the Aichi waters. Bizarre white fish laced with black, Paraplagusia japonica, known colloquially as “black-tongues.” Sunfish intestines—chitlins of the sea—priced at ¥1,000, or about $8.50, a kilo; grotesque scorpion fish; monkfish; freshwater turtles, which the Japanese much prefer to the saltwater kind. Amid sizzle and smoke, a guy is selling grilled tuna cheeks. From his tuna stall, Tsunenori Iida frowns on him. He says that the cheek of the tuna is eaten by poor young workers. It’s their subsistence and it’s not right to make money from tuna cheeks. Actually, he says, the head and tail of the tuna should be used for fertilizer.

    Sheets of kombu (kelp) covered with herring roe; big white sacs of octopus roe. Among a biochromatic wealth of mysterious mollusks and other sea invertebrates of unknown nature, I see the weirdest creature I’ve ever seen. Now, that’s a fucking organism. Tom Asakawa looks at it awhile, too.

     

    Social Climbing to Starting Over: A First Wife’s Lot

    Paul A. Broben/USA Network

    THE STARTER WIFE Peter Jacobson, left, Debra Messing and Joe Mantegna in this new USA mini-series.

    In the Magazine: Gigi’s Novel Life (May 22, 2005)

    Todd Anderson/ABC

    EX-WIVES CLUB In a new reality show, Marla Maples, center, is counselor to Kevin, whose wife had an affair.

    Lifetime Television

    ARMY WIVES Kim Delaney and Brian McNamara as husband and wife in this new Lifetime series.

    May 31, 2007
    The TV Watch

    Social Climbing to Starting Over: A First Wife’s Lot

    Feminism didn’t bridge the divide between men and women, it broke the barriers separating best friends.

    Betty Friedan made the suburbs safe for sisterhood. By the time “Sex and the City” rolled around, female bonding — especially over fancy cocktails — was as much a part of popular culture as fishing trips and fraternity hazing rites.

    The fact that nowadays women are allowed to like one another, even at the expense of men, is at the core of ladies-night hits like “Grey’s Anatomy.” So atavistic series like “The Bachelor” and “Desperate Housewives” that play down female camaraderie and instead showcase hissy fits and catfights have a naughty, contrarian tang.

    That retro allure is what drives tonight’s premiere of “The Starter Wife,” a USA mini-series that explores the plight of the discarded Hollywood socialite. It’s a satire-lite soufflé that follows all the steps of the chick-lit recipe. (If “Jane Eyre” were written according to today’s rules, the orphaned governess would be dragged to a bar by two female friends and a gay male pal and plied with mixed drinks and pool boys until she forgot all about Mr. Rochester and his mad starter wife.)

    Debra Messing (“Will & Grace”) plays Molly Kagan, whose studio mogul husband, Kenny (Peter Jacobson), tells her by cellphone that he wants a divorce. Based on a best-selling novel by Gigi Levangie Grazer, the wife of the Hollywood producer Brian Grazer, “The Starter Wife” is a throwback to “The Women,” Clare Boothe Luce’s 1936 play about divorce among the rich and pampered. “The Starter Wife” is set in Malibu and Brentwood, not Park Avenue, so it’s also a lot like the 1940s radio show “Mary Noble, Backstage Wife” and the novels of Jackie Collins.

    These kinds of tell-all tales mix satirical flicks at the follies of the rich and famous (Kenny prepares their young daughter for school by saying, “Don’t forget to share your cookies with Violet Affleck”) with the voyeuristic spectacle of grown-up women channeling their inner Mean Girls.

    All soap operas centered on women include vixens and villainesses, so the difference lies mainly in the proportion. Molly Kagan has a few loyal female friends — and a gay decorator — but the juice of her tale comes from the snooty, gossiping frienemies who snub her in restaurants and kick her off charity committees when she loses her status as The Wife of.

    And the beauty of cable lies in the gradation of expectations. On premium networks like HBO or Showtime, “The Starter Wife” would seem trite and a little too obvious. On USA, it’s an escapist hoot.

    “The Starter Wife” serves as a comic chaser to “Army Wives,” a more serious, and surprisingly engrossing, Lifetime series on Sunday about what happens to spouses left on base when their soldiers are deployed to combat zones (a lot). It’s a little like “The Unit,” the CBS drama about an elite team of commandos and their wives, but the focus of this Lifetime drama is on the women behind the men in uniform.

    “Army Wives,” which stars Kim Delaney, examines women of varying age, rank and serial blunder who come together under the stress of military life — and the needling of a few bad women. Not all the bonding spouses are female, however. One member of the clique is an army psychiatrist whose wife returns from a two-year rotation in Afghanistan with a bad case of post-traumatic stress disorder.

    Female solidarity — or the lack of it — seems to be a popular theme this summer. ABC even ordered up a reality show, “Ex-Wives Club,” featuring Marla Maples, the former Mrs. Donald Trump; Angie Everhart, who was once engaged to Sylvester Stallone; and Shar Jackson, who is the mother of two of Kevin Federline’s children and who lost him to Britney Spears. Those three professional exes lend their expertise to ordinary people who are suffering the pain of rejection.

    Their methods can be brutal. On the premiere, the scornees are sent to a life coach, Debbie Ford, who runs an emotional boot camp in Palm Springs, Calif. The schedule begins early: “8:00 a.m. — Anger.”

    But the founding members of “Ex-Wives Club” also offer empathy. Ms. Maples was careful in the first episode on Monday to speak well of her ex-husband, but at times she couldn’t resist a lateral dig. Ms. Maples helps Kevin, a would-be mortgage broker, organize a networking party in the real estate community. “I did this so many years with my ex-husband,” she replies when he thanks her. “And to be here with someone like you who appreciates it …” Tearing up, she breaks off.

    Molly could use that kind of support. Instead, when Kenny dumps her for a sexy young pop singer named Shoshanna, Molly finds herself shunned by her fellow worshipers at what she calls the Church of Perpetual Upkeep. After losing her gym membership and even her coveted spot in a Mommy and Me class, she runs away. Not far, however. She retreats to the Malibu house of her oldest and hardest-drinking friend, Joan (Judy Davis), who has entered rehab. Lonely, Molly befriends the security guard, Lavender (Anika Noni Rose of “Dreamgirls”), who is preoccupied with college loans, not collagen.

    Molly’s decorator, Rodney (Chris Diamantopoulos), sticks by her, but Cricket (Miranda Otto) is torn. Her husband is a director of blockbuster comedies who wants Kenny’s studio to back a serious film, “The Dutch Bureaucrat’s Son,” and doesn’t want Kenny to think he and Cricket side with Molly. It doesn’t take long for Cricket to come to her senses. Molly’s senses are divided between the flirty overtures of her husband’s boss, Lou (Joe Mantegna), and a buff Malibu beach bum, Sam (Stephen Moyer).

    “Army Wives” is a street-smart homage to those who also serve because they stand and wait. “The Starter Wife” is not exactly groundbreaking social satire, but it’s a sassy look at those who stand behind their Hollywood men, and are waited upon by servants.


     

    Politics and the Mafia

    Salvatore Laporta/Associated Press

    All but one of the Naples garbage dumps are closed, and residents’ anger rises as fast as the smelly mounds

    May 31, 2007
    Naples Journal

    In Mire of Politics and the Mafia, Garbage Reigns

    MELITO DI NAPOLI, Italy, May 29 — Business at Pizzeria Napoli Nord is down 70 percent, and no one has the slightest doubt why: The reasons include eggshells, scuzzy teddy bears, garlic, hair that looks human, boxes for blood pressure medicine, moldy wine bottles — all in an unbroken heap of garbage, at places 6 feet high, stretching 100 or more yards along the curb to the pizzeria’s doorstep.

    “If you see all this trash, you don’t have much desire to eat,” said the owner, Vittorio Silvestri, 59, who, like most people in and around Naples these days, is very angry at his leaders.

    For a dozen years, Naples and surrounding towns like this one have periodically choked on their refuse, but the last two weeks have flared into a real crisis, as much political as sanitary: trash began piling high in the streets as places to dump it officially filled up. Then, on Saturday, the last legal dump closed.

    As the piles rose and the stench spread, 100 or more refuse fires burned some nights — one of many trash-related protests that included, inevitably, mothers clutching rosaries on railroad tracks. And while a patchwork of emergency measures has eased the crisis in the past few days, even the beleaguered men whose job it is to collect the trash sympathized.

    “The people are right,” said Guido Lauria, in charge of sanitation for a large section of the city, including the Soccavo neighborhood, where his workers cleared away heaps of garbage. “You smell this. People have children, but animals come, then insects. And then they complain.”

    The problems around Naples, a city long defined by both its loveliness and its squalor, are complicated, raising worries about tourism, inequity in southern Italy and the local mafia, the Camorra.

    But put simply, the bottom line seems the failure of politics, never a strong point here.

    As trash dumps filled over the years, it proved impossible to find new places or ways to get rid of garbage, largely because of local protests or protection by one politician or another. But years of postponing the problem finally caught up with Naples (and by bad luck just as the temperature rose, creating as much stink as unsightliness).

    “This is a situation that is tied to the incapability of the political structure,” said Ermete Realacci, an environmental expert and member of Parliament for the center-left Daisy Party. Namely, he said, politicians of all stripes have been unwilling “to make strong choices” to build new dumps or incinerators.

    And so, as the world’s news media fixed on trash fires burning in the streets, the nation’s president, Giorgio Napolitano, issued an unusual “extremely energetic appeal” to all levels of government and to politicians of the left, right and center finally to solve the crisis. At stake was not just public order, he said, but “the image of the country.”

    The president’s office normally holds itself above daily politics. But in this case Mr. Napolitano, a courtly native of Naples, used his prestige to persuade the residents of one town — led by one devout and praying woman called La Passionaria di Parapoti — to allow a closed local dump to be reopened for a brief 20 days.

    That, combined with several other temporary measures, is allowing Naples and the surrounding communities to finally begin digging out — and to lower tempers a little, too.

    Already the center of Naples, amid worry about the risk to a tourist trade it depends heavily on, seems largely clean, and in the last few days, the sanitation department has clicked into an emergency mode that has cleared away an impressive amount of trash.

    But the dumps are temporary, the fires have not stopped and much trash remains, compounding longstanding problems in the poorer south of Italy, especially in the peripheral neighborhoods of dingy high-rises already plagued by drugs and the Camorra.

    On Tuesday in Scampia, one of the city’s most dangerous neighborhoods, drug dealers sat across the street from a Dumpster spilling over with construction debris and unidentifiable mushy rot.

    “It’s never been like this — I can’t tell you why,” said Sabato D’Aria, 37, owner of a small grocery nearby.

    Politicians, he said, only “talk, talk, talk, but in the end you see very little.”

    “Unfortunately, here in the south we are always more penalized. Italy is divided.”

    There is also the problem of the Camorra, which profits extraordinarily in the endless crisis over trash, much as arms dealers thrive in war.

    The Camorra controls many of the trucks and workers used to haul away trash. But it also operates illegal dumps used more in times of crisis — and far more harmful than legal ones to humans and the environment.

    In theory, a permanent solution is not difficult, and has been proposed by an emergency commission: greater recycling and the opening of several incinerators and new dumping sites in Naples and the neighboring provinces. But as has happened in several of the identified towns over the last two weeks, local people protest loudly.

    “The reaction is very strong,” said Marta di Gennaro, a deputy to Guido Bertolaso, the government’s “trash czar.” She called it “an exaggerated Nimby syndrome,” in which the “not in my backyard” protestors get disproportionately shrill media coverage.

    And so, a dozen years after the crisis began, the only definite new waste site has been started in Acerra, just north of Naples — and residents there have been complaining too, perhaps with more reason than most. Three grey smokestacks for the region’s only incinerator, set to go on line in several months, rise from the town’s edge.

    But a field across the road has also been used during the last few weeks as a temporary dump, whose smell and pickings attracts clouds of seagulls. Nearly every day, protesters have lain in the road to block garbage trucks. Trash was thrown in the mayor’s yard.

    “Acerra shouldn’t die,” said one protester, Filippo Castaldo, an unemployed 50-year-old. “It should fight.”

    So the question remains whether Naples is really ready to overcome its trash crisis, whether politicians can finally agree where new dumps and incinerators should be located. (Shipping garbage abroad does not seem to be an option: Romania, one of the few possibilities, recently said it would not take Italy’s trash.)

    If difficult decisions are not made — and quickly — nearly everyone fears that trash will begin piling up again, with still more fires, anger and questions about how this can still happen in Europe.

    There are many skeptics. Giorgio Lanzaro, a Naples city councilor in charge of the environment, noted how strong the protests had already been in communities where the trash might be stored only temporarily.

    “I have some doubts whether this is over,” he said.

    Peter Kiefer contributed reporting from Naples and Rome.


     

    Concussions Tied to Depression

    Jim Davis/The Boston Globe

    The former New England player Ted Johnson has said that his depression had been linked to concussions.

    May 31, 2007

    Concussions Tied to Depression in Ex-N.F.L. Players

    The rate of diagnosed clinical depression among retired National Football League players is strongly correlated with the number of concussions they sustained, according to a study to be published today.

    The study was conducted by the University of North Carolina‘s Center for the Study of Retired Athletes and based on a general health survey of 2,552 retired N.F.L. players. It corroborates other findings regarding brain trauma and later-life depression in other subsets of the general population, but runs counter to longtime assertions by the N.F.L. that concussions in football have no long-term effects.

    As the most comprehensive study of football players to date, the paper will add to the escalating debate over the effects of and proper approach to football-related concussions.

    The study, which will appear in the journal of the American College of Sports Medicine, found that of the 595 players who recalled sustaining three or more concussions on the football field, 20.2 percent said they had been found to have depression. That is three times the rate of players who have not sustained concussions. The full data, the study reports, “call into question how effectively retired professional football players with a history of three or more concussions are able to meet the mental and physical demands of life after playing professional football.”

    In January, a neuropathologist claimed that repeated concussions likely contributed to the November suicide of the former Philadelphia Eagles player Andre Waters. Three weeks later, the former New England Patriots linebacker Ted Johnson not only revealed that his significant depression and cognitive decline had been linked by a neurologist to on-field concussions, but also claimed that his most damaging concussion had been sustained after his coach, Bill Belichick, coerced him into practicing against the advice of team doctors.

    While consistently defending its teams’ treatment of concussions and denying any relationship between players’ brain trauma and later neurocognitive decline, the N.F.L. has subsequently announced several related initiatives. The league and its players union recently created a fund to help pay the medical expenses of players suffering from Alzheimer’s disease or similar dementia. Last week, N.F.L. Commissioner Roger Goodell announced wide-ranging league guidelines regarding concussions, from obligatory neuropsychological testing for all players to what he called a “whistle-blower system” where players and doctors can anonymously report any coach’s attempt to override the wishes of concussed players or medical personnel.

    The N.F.L. has criticized previous papers published by the Center for the Study of Retired Athletes — which identified similar links between on-field concussions and both later mild cognitive impairment and early-onset Alzheimer’s disease — and reasserted those concerns this week with regard to the paper on depression.

    Several members of the league’s mild traumatic brain injury committee cited two main issues in telephone interviews this week: that the survey was returned by 69 percent of the retired players to whom it was mailed, and that those who did respond were relying solely on their memories of on-field concussions. One committee member, Dr. Henry Feuer of the Indiana University Medical Center and a medical consultant for the Indianapolis Colts, went so far as to call the center’s findings “virtually worthless.”

    Dr. Ira Casson, the co-chairman of the committee, said, “Survey studies are the weakest type of research study — they’re subject to all kinds of error and misinterpretation and miscalculation.”

    Regarding the issue of players’ recollection of brain trauma, Dr. Casson said: “They had no objective evaluations to determine whether or not what the people told them in the surveys was correct or not. They didn’t have information from doctors confirming it, they didn’t have tests, they didn’t have examinations. They didn’t have anything. They just kind of took people’s words for it.”

    According to other experts, the 69 percent return rate was quite high for such survey research, which has been widely used to establish preliminary links between smoking and lung cancer, explore the relationship between diet and health, and track trends in obesity and drug use.

    After reading the depression study and considering the league’s issues with recollective survey research, Dr. John Whyte, the director of the Moss Rehabilitation Research Institute in Philadelphia and an expert in neurological research methodology, said he did not share the league’s criticisms.

    “To the person who says this is worthless, let’s just discard a third of the medical literature that we trust and go by today,” said Dr. Whyte, who has no connection with either the N.F.L. or the Center for the Study of Retired Athletes, which is partly funded by the N.F.L. players union. “Here, the response rate was good and not a relevant issue to the findings. We have some pretty solid data that multiple concussions caused cumulative brain damage and increased risk of depression, and that is not in conflict with the growing literature.

    “Do I think this one study proves the point beyond doubt? No. Does it contribute in a meaningful way? You bet.”

    The study, which underwent formal, anonymous peer review before publication, reported that of the 595 players who recalled sustaining three or more concussions on the football field, 20.2 percent said a physician found they had depression. Players with one or two concussions were found to have depression 9.7 percent of the time, and those with none, 6.6. (Respondents were on average 54 years old and had played almost seven seasons in the N.F.L. A minimum of two seasons was required for inclusion in the study.)

    The study considered concussions sustained in high school and college as well, not just in the N.F.L. Because the diagnosis of concussions has undergone substantial refinement since the 1960s and 1970s, when many of the survey respondents had played, a modern description of symptoms — such as nausea or seeing stars following a strong blow to the head, not simply being knocked unconscious — was provided.

    Members of the N.F.L. concussion committee criticized the use of such a retrospective definition. They also cited a mail survey by doctors at the University of Michigan, results of which were published two months ago in the same American College of Sports Medicine journal, that found the self-reported incidence of depression among retired N.F.L. players to be 15 percent — similar to that of the general population — and that such depression was strongly correlated with the chronic pain many N.F.L. retirees experience.

    The associate editor-in-chief of the journal who handled the review of both papers, Dr. Thomas Best, said in a telephone interview yesterday that the studies did not conflict. Dr. Best explained that the Michigan study did not consider concussions specifically, and that the North Carolina study in fact used statistical tests to account for players’ chronic pain and found that the strong correlation between number of concussions and depression remained virtually unchanged.

    “The North Carolina paper is not saying that N.F.L. players are or are not at risk for depression,” said Dr. Best, the medical director of the Ohio State University‘s Sportsmedicine Center. “What we learned from the paper is that there’s a correlation between the number of concussions sustained and depression they experience later in life.”

    Mr. Goodell said last week that the league’s concussion committee had just begun its own study “to determine if there are any long-term effects of concussions on retired N.F.L. players.”

    Dr. Casson, the committee’s co-chair, said that players who retired from 1986 through 1996 would be randomly approached to undergo “a comprehensive neurological examination, and a comprehensive neurologic history, including a detailed concussion history,” using player recollection cross-referenced with old team injury reports. He said that the study would take two to three years to be completed and another year to be published.

    Given that the average N.F.L. retirement age from 1986 to 1996 was approximately 27, a random player from that period would be approximately 46 at the N.F.L. study’s completion, eight years younger than those considered by the paper being released today.

    Dr. Kevin Guskiewicz, the center’s research director and the principal author of the study, said that even with those differences he was confident the N.F.L. study would corroborate his group’s conclusions.

    “It sounds as if they need to study the question themselves to believe the findings,” Dr. Guskiewicz said. “I think they’re going to be very surprised at what they find, compared with what they’ve been led to believe by members of their own committee.”


     

    Giuliani

    Giuliani’s Unwelcome Birthday Guests

    ..
    Here’s an unwelcome birthday gift for Rudy Giuliani, as he travels around the city raising money: protests from fire fighters and family members of September 11th victims.

    They’ve shown up in the past at Giuliani’s presidential events. Today, they’re gathering in Bay Ridge, and they have plans to follow him nationwide starting sometime around January, according to Jim Riches, a deputy chief with the fire department whose son was killed in the World Trade Center attacks.

    “We have all the UFA, the UFOA, and the fire members are all behind us — the International Association of Fire Fighters,” said Riches. “And we’re going to be out there today to let everybody know that he’s not the hero that he says he is.”

    The group’s complaints center on the faulty radios used by the fire department that day and what they say was a lack of coordination at Ground Zero.

    And Riches disputes the notion that Giuliani provided any form of leadership on September 11 or in the days following.

    “If somebody can tell me what he did on 9/11 that was so good, I’d love to hear it. All he did was give information on the TV”

    “He did nothing,” Riches continued. “He stood there with a TV reporter and told everyone what was going on. And he got it from everybody else down at the site.”

     

    Hillary Clinton

    What Makes Hillary Stumble?

    This article was published in the June 3, 2007, edition of The New York Observer.

    LehmannCox-CarlBernstein1V.jpg
    ..paging_filter–>

    Photo: Getty Images

    ..paging_filter–>

    Carl Bernstein: First Nixon, now Hillary.

    A WOMAN IN CHARGE: THE LIFE OF HILLARY RODHAM CLINTON
    By Carl Bernstein
    Alfred A. Knopf, 628 pages, $27.95

    Carl Bernstein is a rarity in the American electorate: He’s ambivalent about Hillary Clinton. Recent polls show as little as 3 percent of Americans have no opinion of the former First Lady, and the 97 percent that do split almost evenly between favorable and unfavorable. So what to make of a book that exhaustively (over 600 pages of exhaust) plumbs the depths of the known Hillary record—we learn about her prom dress, her religious beliefs, her endometritis, her fears of indictment—only to conclude, lamely, that she “is neither the demon of the right’s perception, nor a feminist saint, nor is she particularly emblematic of her time,” and, shockingly, “the jury remains out.”

    Tell it to the Scaife Foundation, Carl. Or, for that matter, to her passionate supporters, who see her not as a mere leader, but as a symbol of national redemption. If the “jury remains out” on Hillary Clinton, it is only because they’re hung.

    Of course, her ability to polarize is what makes writing a mainstream biography of Mrs. Clinton so difficult. The non-hack must provide enough detail about the numerous Clinton scandals to make news, but cannot dim the lights too much on her considerable accomplishments, lest he derail the one thing that’s truly interesting about Hillary Clinton: She might be our next President.

    At times, Mr. Bernstein seems self-conscious about the tightrope that he’s walking, taking the time to implicitly distance himself from hatchet jobs like Edward Klein’s The Truth About Hillary (which he describes as “an ideological screed, which contains barely smidgens—and no context—about what the title promises”), but also to judge, primly, in the style of high wingnuttery, such irrelevant details as the fact that “[h]er ankles were thick,” and to harp on both the “entitlement attitude of” and “holier-than-thou attitude of”—attributes that get their own index entries, along with such weirdly psychographic points of interest as “egregious errors and failures of” (10 references), “friendship capacity of” (eight references), “anger, temper, and hurt of” (23 references) and “clothes of” (25 references).

    One is tempted to observe that the attention given to these areas says as much about Carl Bernstein as it does Hillary Clinton; though Mr. Bernstein has obvious and strong credentials as a journalist, his skill as an arbiter of what makes a relationship work—or a woman happy—has been rather famously questioned. (Heartburn, a roman à clef by his ex-wife, Nora Ephron, is about Mr. Bernstein leaving her for another woman while Ms. Ephron was pregnant with their child.) Indeed, his investigation of the central mystery of the Clintons’ marriage—what has kept them together—is curiously flat-footed: Apparently, they have some kind of partnership. Or, as he puts it in one of several iterations: “It was obvious that Bill and Hillary could never have achieved what they had without each other.” Not exactly worth a siren on Drudge.

    Mr. Bernstein’s solution to wrapping the divergent opinions about Hillary—is she pragmatic or an idealist? Spiritual or hard-edged? Politically savvy or tin-eared?—into one neat (or neat-ish) package is not to clarify which view of Hillary might be true, but to proclaim that one doesn’t have to choose. He tells us, repeatedly, that it is Mrs. Clinton’s “extraordinary capability for change and evolutionary development” that makes sense of the contradictions in her life, “from Goldwater Girl to liberal Democrat, from fashion victim to power-suit sophisticate, from embattled first lady to establishmentarian senator.” In his grand narrative, events unspool like just-so stories, with Hillary learning An Important Lesson from her triumphs and defeats. When Bill loses his first election (to represent Arkansas in Congress) because—argues Mr. Bernstein—Hillary was unwilling to take a shady contribution, Mr. Bernstein writes: “Subsequently, she would be far less committed to the high road, and much more concerned with results.” This is, however, a lesson she also learned at Wellesley, where “[s]he was more interested in the process of achieving victory than in taking a philosophical position that could not lead anywhere.”

    And, just to make sure, she learns it again after Bill first loses re-election as governor, upon which she and Dick Morris adopt a strategy of “do[ing] whatever it took to get elected and us[ing] the same philosophy to govern.”

    Hillary Clinton was never slow to learn. Mr. Bernstein gets closer to what might be the truth when he observes that her approach is more like “military rigor: reading the landscape, seeing the obstacles, recognizing which ones are malevolent or malign, and taking expedient action accordingly.” She’s less about evolution than adaptation. And as much as Mr. Bernstein wants to talk about “Clinton, Hillary. personal growth and change of” (the index is in many ways more interesting than the book), his portrayal of her is remarkably unsurprising.

    The aforementioned prom dress “reflected Hillary’s developing perfectionism.” At a debate among the candidates for Wellesley student-body president, she engages in “the same kind of vagueness that would work to her advantage as a candidate for the U.S. Senate,” even as she exhibited “one of her strengths as a leader, still evident today: her willingness to participate in the drudgery of government rather than simply direct policy from Olympian heights.” I suspect her quest to “find a better system for the return of library books” went better than health-care reform.

    Which brings us to health-care reform. Mr. Bernstein’s rehearsal of the opening fiasco of the first Clinton administration goes into extensive detail about an era that most Democrats would prefer to forget. (Mr. Bernstein’s recollection of the sad “Reform Riders” bus tour that was supposed to rally support for the measure is particularly cringe-inducing.) We know how this movie ends, but it doesn’t make the plot points any less pathetic. Her 500-person task force, meeting in secret, inadvertently offered up the first of what would become a destructive pattern for the Clinton administration: a lawsuit, followed by frantic legal maneuvering, followed by more lawsuits, and so on. Mr. Bernstein suggests that “Hillarycare” may even have been the first link in the chain of events that led from Vince Foster’s suicide to the investigation of Whitewater to Monica Lewinsky to impeachment. But as central as Hillary’s mismanagement of health-care reform is to the story of the Clinton Presidency—and of the Clintons—Hillary’s behavior during that period seems to be the one true outlier in Mr. Bernstein’s otherwise unintentionally consistent portrait.

    The pragmatist who ran the Wellesley student body with an eye toward results and not “philosophy” became embroiled in a political standoff that heightened the appearance of almost unhinged egotism. Mr. Bernstein depicts her as imperiously interrupting the President’s advisors, who wanted her to take a more gradual approach: “You’re right” and “You’re wrong.” Approached by liberal Republican John Chafee with a possible compromise, she barreled through with her plan anyway, setting up a confrontation with Republicans that would make the midterm elections all but unwinnable. Lawrence O’Donnell, at the time a senior aide to Senator Patrick Moynihan, lays at her feet nothing less than ruination: “Hillary Clinton destroyed the Democratic Party,” he tells Mr. Bernstein, using the health-care fight as his sole piece of evidence. “Hillary was a disaster for what we were trying to do in government.”

    A chorus of Democratic Hill staffers insists that Hillary’s good intentions were undermined by arrogance, but that’s hardly what makes the health-care episode unique. (Arrogance, frankly, is right up there with ambition and pragmatism when one looks for her personality’s connective tissue.) Rather, it’s her naïveté and her tactical blunders—errors hardly in keeping with the cool mind that surveys the landscape with “military rigor” and that supposedly engineered the Deal of the Century, post-Lewinsky (i.e., trading the opportunity to leave Bill for a shot at the White House).

    Mr. Bernstein offers a few possibilities for what made Hillary stumble so badly—she didn’t “get” Washington, mainly—but leaves alone Mr. O’Donnell’s sweeping characterization that somehow she brought down the modern Democratic Party with her. Of course, all sorts of people attribute to her a vast influence. Early on in the book, Mr. Bernstein posits, “With the notable exception of her husband’s libidinous carelessness, the most egregious errors of the Bill Clinton presidency … were traceable to Hillary.” (Yes, other than that, Mr. Starr, how did you like the play?) That a First Lady could be held responsible for so much overlooks some practical facts of governing, but it says a lot about the level of awe that she inspires in both supporters and critics. Mr. Bernstein isn’t sure which side he comes down on—and, even more unsatisfying, he doesn’t do much to tell us what the real source of that awe is.

    In assessing the Clintons’ strengths going into the 1992 election, Mr. Bernstein writes, “the book on Hillary was awfully thin, suspiciously repetitive, and contextually lacking, whether the media narrative in question was admiring, hostile, or an honest attempt to separate the real Hillary from the myth generated by the Clinton campaigns past and present.” I’ll say this for A Woman in Charge: It’s not thin.

     

    Ana Marie Cox is the Washington editor for Time.com.

     

    Copyright © 2007 The New York Observer. All rights reserved.

     

    Comedy Business

    Will Ferrell as a destitute tenant facing an unlikely landlord in a modest but extremely popular short video.

    “The Landlord” took 45 minutes to shoot and cost little to produce. It appears on FunnyOrDie.com, where viewers leave their comments.

    May 31, 2007

    Comedy Business Turns to the Web

    LOS ANGELES — For Will Ferrell, who commands up to $20 million for movies like “Anchorman” and “Blades of Glory,” starring in a short Web video may not seem like the best use of time.

    But one afternoon in early March, Mr. Ferrell walked to a guest cottage at his Los Angeles home with a small crew that included Adam McKay, who is his production partner and the director of “Anchorman.”

    With a camcorder rolling, Mr. Ferrell improvised a sketch as a down-on-his-luck tenant being harassed by a foul-mouthed, booze-sodden landlord. The actor playing the landlord was Mr. McKay’s 2-year-old daughter, Pearl.

    “The Landlord,” which took 45 minutes to shoot and cost next to nothing to produce, was posted on the new Web site FunnyOrDie.com on April 12.

    As of yesterday, the sketch had been viewed about 30 million times, and the newly posted outtakes have been watched more than 1.6 million times. (This being Hollywood, Mr. Ferrell and Pearl have already shot a sequel: “Good Cop, Baby Cop.”)

    Another punch line of the story, though, is that Mr. Ferrell and Mr. McKay started the site with the financial backing of Sequoia Capital, the Silicon Valley venture capital firm that made a name for itself, not to mention billions of dollars, by investing early in YouTube and Google.

    The Internet, of course, is already filled with cheap laughs — YouTube alone offers a lifetime’s supply of home videos (some funny, most not). But now many experienced comedians, talent agents and financiers are seeing the Web as a way to showcase talent while trying to turn a profit. In January, for example, Turner Broadcasting began SuperDeluxe.com, which features videos created by comedy pros and amateurs. And last year, IAC/InterActiveCorp, controlled by Barry Diller, bought a 51 percent stake in the parent company of CollegeHumor.com for an estimated $20 million.

    Already, the seven-week-old FunnyOrDie.com, which highlights short videos by veteran comics like Mr. Ferrell as well as videos submitted by amateurs, is in discussions with potential advertisers.

    The actor and his colleagues have enlisted some famous friends to volunteer their services. Brooke Shields, who is married to Chris Henchy, a writer and partner in FunnyOrDie.com, is a playground mom in one short video. And Bill Murray is planning to make a video, too, Mr. McKay said.

    Clients of Creative Artists Agency, which helped broker the deal with Sequoia, have also made short videos for the site — including the actor and comedian Ed Helms, who created a series of clips called “Zombie American,” and the boxer Oscar De La Hoya.

    In an interview last week at his second-floor office on a side street along Hollywood Boulevard, Mr. Ferrell acknowledged that he had been ambivalent about the site at first. “But then we thought, ‘Maybe this could work,’ ” he said. “We are not putting so much pressure on every piece that it be perfect. Everything isn’t, ‘Oh my God! This has to be so funny.’ It’s amusing, observational. We’re trying not to make it so slick.”

    The pairing of Hollywood talent and Silicon Valley financiers has all the familiarity of a movie sequel. When the first Internet boom reached its peak in the late 1990s, many actors, writers and directors made the pilgrimage to the headquarters of the venture capital firms along Sand Hill Road in Menlo Park, Calif., to seek financing to create entertainment for the Internet.

    Many of those ventures failed, largely because traditional Web shows were expensive to create and the technology at the time made it cumbersome to watch videos online. Among those that faltered were Pop.com, Digital Entertainment Network and Icebox.

    Another cruel reality is that it is hard to be consistently funny, even with the help of deep pockets. Last summer, for example, Time Inc. closed its OfficePirates.com Web site, a satirical look at workplace issues, because it did not have a big enough audience.

    A big change from the late 1990s, though, is that there is now better technology to stream videos, and audiences seem more willing to watch them, leading many investors and Hollywood talent to see a new opportunity.

    “Our responsibility is to continue to make it better,” said a Sequoia partner, Mark D. Kvamme, referring to FunnyOrDie.com. “If it doesn’t succeed, it is our fault.”

    The idea for the site started with Mr. Kvamme, who approached Creative Artists in 2006 with his pitch to finance a site for experienced comics.

    “If you look at all the sites out there, a large portion of them have comedy,” he said, “but it is a mish-mash. There was no place that had a good smattering of professional videos and user-generated content.”

    Agents at Creative Artists introduced Mr. Kvamme to Mr. Ferrell and Mr. McKay last year. Then Mr. Kvamme visited the two men on the set of “Blades of Glory” to persuade them to join the new venture.

    Mr. Ferrell and Mr. McKay, who had worked together on “Saturday Night Live,” were reluctant at first. “I don’t really know much about the Internet,” Mr. Ferrell said.

    The reality of having to sit through three weekly meetings and spend hours reviewing videos and writing comments for the site also seemed daunting to them, not to mention a distraction from their more lucrative movie and television careers (the time they are devoting to FunnyOrDie.com is all sweat equity at this point, since they are not being paid).

    Even so, they came around to seeing the venture as an opportunity to experiment with their own material and to be exposed to ideas from other comics that they could later develop into television shows and movies.

    Once Mr. Ferrell started making short videos, he enjoyed it. “You get to exercise that same muscle you did at the show,” he said, referring to his days on “Saturday Night Live.”

    Mr. McKay also came up with the categories that voters use to rate their favorite videos — “immortal” if a video was great, “the crypt” if it was not.

    And while Mr. McKay and Mr. Ferrell review the 20 most popular videos posted, they also have been careful not to censor the site.

    When a user posted a video poking fun at Alec Baldwin, whom they know from “Saturday Night Live,” they briefly took it down, but posted it again because they did not want to set a precedent for banning videos that made fun of their friends.

    “Unless it’s a hate crime or porn, it goes up,” Mr. McKay said. The actor Nick Thune posted a video based on his stand-up routine about masturbation, which became the third most popular video on the site, viewed more than a million times.

    Mr. Thune said that Mr. Ferrell’s involvement in the site lent credibility to sketches like his. “The thing about YouTube is that it is so broad,” Mr. Thune said. “If Will Ferrell is there, it must be good.”

    Sequoia and Gary Sanchez Productions — Mr. Ferrell’s company, where Mr. McKay is a partner — declined to disclose specifics about their initial investments, though Mr. McKay said that he and Mr. Ferrell had been given a budget of $5,000 to create their first videos. (The rest of the money — which Mr. Kvamme estimated to be in the “hundreds of thousands of dollars” — was spent building the site.)

    But because of the heavy traffic on FunnyOrDie.com, Sequoia has increased its investment to several million dollars and hired 10 full-time employees, with plans to expand the staff to 25.

    Mr. McKay says they hope to share revenue with other video makers once the site starts to make money. For now, though, the site gives comics and actors a way to attract potentially huge audiences without the help of a Hollywood studio.

    Creative Artists, which Mr. Kvamme said also owned a stake in the venture, is already using the site to promote its clients. Michael Yanover, the head of business development for Creative Artists, said that he had approached Mr. Ferrell and his colleagues about creating a video featuring Oscar De La Hoya ahead of his May 5 fight against Floyd Mayweather.

    They agreed and, in 30 minutes, shot a video, “The Fight After the Fight,” which has been viewed more than 185,000 times as of yesterday.

    “Basically he got a commercial that someone else financed and shot,” Mr. Yanover said.

    But Mr. McKay warns that any videos that smack of Hollywood manipulation are going to be a turnoff to visitors. “That’s when a site starts smelling bogus,” he said.


     

    Today’s Papers

    Presidential Intent
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Thursday, May 31, 2007, at 6:00 A.M. E.T.

    The Los Angeles Times and Washington Post lead with news that a divided U.N. Security Council voted to establish an international tribunal to prosecute those suspected of carrying out the assassination of former Lebanese prime minister Rafik Hariri in 2005. It will be the first tribunal of its kind in the Middle East. The New York Times leads with a new study that reveals that U.S. immigration courts are anything but consistent when dealing with asylum seekers. When deciding who should get asylum, there are troubling differences between courts and the specific judge who hears a case.

    USA Today leads with word that the new Mine Resistant Ambush Protected vehicles that have been touted as better protection from roadside explosions are vulnerable to a new type of bomb, which is known as an explosively formed penetrator. The military has prioritized getting these new vehicles to Iraq and has vowed to spend millions in the effort, but now it seems they will have to be outfitted with more armor. The Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox with the hundreds of U.S. and Iraqi troops who entered Baghdad’s Sadr City yesterday and aggresively searched for the five British citizens who were kidnapped in Iraq Tuesday. There is growing suspicion that cleric Muqtada Sadr’s Mahdi Army militia was responsible for the well-coordinated kidnapping.

    Ten of the Security Council’s 15 countries voted to approve the tribunal, while five, including Russia and China, abstained, saying that it would unnecessarily interfere with domestic politics, which would lead only to more internal conflict in Lebanon. The prospect of a tribunal has caused much debate in Lebanon’s parliament as many pro-Syrian leaders have vehemently opposed an international investigation. Analysts interviewed by the Post predict that violence is likely to increase in the coming months. The LAT, meanwhile, brings up Iraq and notes that, for the Bush administration, “raising tensions with Syria … could prove costly on other fronts.”

    The study of asylum seekers reveals that courts in some states may be more willing to grant asylum to specific nationalities than others, and the differences aren’t minor. For example, a Chinese asylum seeker has a 76 percent chance of success in a court in Orlando, Fla., while in Atlanta it’s a mere 7 percent. These same striking differences exist between different judges in the same court, as female judges are much more likely to grant asylum than their male colleagues. “Oftentimes, it’s just the luck of the draw,” the executive director of a legal assistance group tells the NYT. The study’s authors say the discrepancies are more disconcerting now because changes instituted by the Bush administration in 2002 resulted in a lower likelihood of successful appeals.

    Everyone notes that Fred Thompson has stepped up his efforts to seek the Republican nomination for president, and USAT fronts an interview with the actor in which he states his intentions to run. The former Tenneessee senator wants to be seen as an outsider and appeal to people who, like him, are disillusioned with politicians. The Law & Order star hasn’t officially announced his candidacy, but, as the WP and NYT also front, Thompson told supporters that he’s creating a committee to raise money for the race. The conventional wisdom is that no Republican candidate has really stood out as a front-runner, and the news that Thompson was stepping into the fray “sent ripples through the party,” says the NYT. Although he does plan to bring back the famous red pickup from his Senate campaign, he will now focus his efforts on the Internet, which will allow him “to cut through the clutter and go right to the people,” Thompson said.

    The LAT fronts a look at how the former U.S. attorney for Minnesota, Tom Heffelfinger, who was frequently praised as an effective prosecutor, ended up on the infamous Department of Justice list of U.S. attorneys who could be fired. It increasingly looks like Heffelfinger’s work to protect the voting rights of Native Americans was at least partly to blame. His name appeared on the list only three months after his office began questioning a state directive that would have forbidden tribal ID cards as a valid form of identification at the voting booth. Meanwhile, everyone goes inside with word that an internal Justice Department investigation has broadened and will now look into whether party affiliation played a role in hiring decisions in several areas of the department.

    The WSJ goes inside with a look at how U.S. military leaders are currently assessing whether the “surge” strategy can succeed and what they can do to maximize the effectiveness of the recent troop increase in Iraq. Those reviewing the strategy seem to conclude that the United States must take a more hands-on approach to dealing with the Iraqi government and making sure that things get done. If any politicians are impeding progress, U.S. officials should apply pressure until they’re replaced. “We’ve been too passive and deferential to Iraqi sovereignty,” a military official tells the paper.

    The LAT is alone in devoting a separate nonwire story to how Bush sees the long-term role for troops in Iraq similar to the presence of the U.S. military in South Korea. American forces have been based in South Korea for more than 50 years, and there are currently 30,000 U.S. troops in that country.

    The WP and LAT go inside with news that a NATO helicopter crashed in Afghanistan and killed five American soldiers as well as a Canadian and a Briton. The crash is still under investigation, but the Taliban is claiming responsibility for shooting down the helicopter.

    In honor of Fred Thompson, the WP‘s Style section takes a look at other actors who used their star power to join politics and their legacy. The list includes the obvious (Ronald Reagan) but also some that many might have forgotten about (the mechanic on The Dukes of Hazzard).

    Daniel Politi writes “Today’s Papers” for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.